Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures (A4 Platform)
    • Specifications Index
      • 1.8L (Engine Codes: AWP, AWW, AWD)
      • 1.9L (Engine Code: ALH)
      • 1.9L (Engine Code: BEW)
      • 2.0L (Engine Codes: AEG, AVH, AZG, BBW, BEV)
      • 2.8L (Engine Code: AFP)
      • 2.8L (Engine Code: BDF)
  • DTC Index - 1.8L (AWD, AWW & AWP Engines)
    • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Tech Tips
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • Notes
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Cruise Control
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Starting/Charging
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Electrical Equipment On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through m.y. 2001
          • Tools
          • VAS 5051 or VAG 1551, connecting
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
        • Instrument cluster through m.y. 1999, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender For Fuel Gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K-number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
          • Digital clock (Motometer - where applicable), correction
        • Instrument cluster m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender for fuel gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster 05.99 > 05.00, coding (function 07)
          • Instrument cluster 05.00 >, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
        • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- ('Gateway') m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Gateway, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
        • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
  • Body Interior
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Communication Devices
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
    • Radio, Telephone, Navigation (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Radio system - 'Premium IV' and 'Premium V' (including 'Monsoon') through 11.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting, selecting functions and checking control module (radio) versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Code Control Module (radio) (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
        • Radio system - 'Premium VI' (including 'Monsoon) from 12.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Radio system "Premium VI" (including "Monsoon") from 12.01, performing OBD program functions using VAS 5051
          • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting, selecting functions and checking control module (radio) versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Code Control Module (radio) (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
        • Multi-function steering wheel through 11.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting, selecting functions and checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Code Control Module (function 07)
            • Notes
            • Code tables
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
            • Display group 001, evaluating
            • Display group 002, evaluating
        • Multi-function steering wheel from 12.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Multi-function steering wheel from 12.01, performing OBD program functions using VAS 5051
      • 91 Radio, Telephone, Navigation, Trip computer
        • Communication
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Radio systems
          • General information
        • Radio, 'Premium IV'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Radio, removing and installing
          • Radio, multi-pin connector assignments
          • Anti-theft security code, inputting
        • Radio, 'Premium V' & 'Premium V - Monsoon'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Radio, removing and installing
          • Radio, multi-pin connector assignments
          • Anti-theft security code, inputting
        • Radio, 'Premium VI' & 'Premium VI - Monsoon'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • OBD program functions, performing using VAS 5051
          • Radio, removing and installing
          • Radio, multi-pin connector assignments
          • Anti-theft security code, inputting
        • Amplifier system - 'Monsoon'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Amplifier - Golf & GTI , removing and installing
          • Amplifier - Jetta, removing and installing
        • Speaker system
          • General information
          • High-range speaker (domed tweeter) in front doors, removing
          • High-range speaker (domed tweeter) in rear doors, removing
          • Mid-range/bass speakers in front and rear doors, removing
        • Antenna systems
          • General information
          • Radio system antenna, assembly
          • GPS/Telematics system antenna, assembly
          • Antenna - Jetta Wagon, Golf & GTI, removing and installing
          • Antenna - Jetta Sedan, removing and installing
          • Reception interference, suppression measures
          • Antenna cables and connectors, replacing
        • CD Changer / CD Player
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • CD Changer, removing and installing
          • CD Changer position (V/H) switches, setting
          • CD Changer retainer, removing and installing
          • CD Player, removing and installing
          • CD Player multi-pin connector assignments
        • Multi-function steering wheel
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Multi-function steering wheel, overview
          • Control unit in steering wheel -E221-, removing and installing
          • Control module for multi-function steering wheel -J453-, removing and installing
          • Control module for multi-function steering wheel multi-pin connector assignments
          • Multi-function steering wheel from 12.01, performing OBD program functions using VAS 5051
        • Telematics
          • General Information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Telematic system, component overview
          • Telematic Control Head - OnStar ® control buttons, description
          • Telematic Control Head - OnStar ® telematics indicator lamp, description
          • Telematic Control Head -E264-, removing and installing
          • Telematic Control Module -J499- - Jetta Wagon, Golf & GTI, removing and installing
          • Telematic Control Module -J499- - Jetta Sedan, removing and installing
          • Telematic Control Module -J499- multi-pin connector assignments
          • Telematic Control Module -J499-, coding
          • Telematic Control Module -J499-, reconfiguring
          • Telephone Microphone -R38-, removing and installing
          • Telematics system, troubleshooting using telematics indicator lamp
          • Transport Mode, deactivating
        • Mobile telephone and two-way radio operation, notes
          • General information
          • Performing repairs, notes
          • Battery, transmitter/receiver unit - fuse and wiring harness, overview
          • Transmitted output and antenna installation locations
  • Exterior Lights
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Lights, Switches - Exterior (From Late Production 1999) (A4 Platform)
      • Model Application
        • 1999 Golf, GTI & Jetta
      • Headlights - Golf
        • General information
        • Headlights, assembly
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - low beam, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - high beam, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - parking lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - turn signals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - fog lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
      • Headlights - JETTA
        • General information
        • Headlights, assembly
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - low/high beams, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - parking lights/turn signals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - fog lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
      • Side Mounted Turn Signals
        • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
      • Rear Lights
        • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
        • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
        • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
        • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
      • License Plate Lights
        • License plate light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
      • High-Mount Brake Light
        • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Steering Column Switches
        • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and auxiliary items needed
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Steering column switches, connector assignments
          • Windshield wiper/washer and multi-function indicator (MFI) switches
      • Ignition/Starter Switch And Lock Cylinder
        • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electrical Equipment - General Information (A4 Platform)
      • 27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • Battery, general information
          • Battery types
            • Notes
            • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator
            • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
          • Warnings and Safety Measures
            • Safe interaction with vehicle batteries
            • Battery safety label
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking
          • Absorbent Glass Mat battery (AGM battery), testing
          • Visual inspection
          • "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking color display
          • Battery, testing
            • Notes
            • Battery, testing with Midtronics Mcr340V Batt. Tester MCR340V
          • Battery no load voltage - vehicles in storage, checking
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Totally discharged batteries, charging
        • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System, activating and deactivating
      • 90 - Instruments
        • Instruments
      • 92 - Windshield wiper and washer system
        • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Front and rear window washer system
          • Headlamp cleaning system
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 - Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) lamps, usage and safety information
          • Notes
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Information on dangerous high voltage/currents
          • Information on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare
          • Assembly information for HID lamps
          • Disposal regulations for HID lamps
      • 96 - Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Lights, Lamps, Switches - Interior
      • 97 - Wiring
        • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A , connecting
        • Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Wiring harness repair kits
            • Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978
            • Upgrade Kit For VAS1978 VAS1978/50 (where applicable)
            • Wiring Harness Repair Set VAS1978A
            • Release Tool Set VAS1978/35
          • Tool descriptions
            • Crimp pliers with insert
            • Release tools for terminals
            • Assembly tools for single wire seals
            • Wire Stripper VAS1978/3
            • Hot Air Gun VAS1978/14
            • Crimping Pliers 0.35-2.5 mm ^2 VAS1978/1A (where applicable)
          • Vehicle electrical system, general repair notes
          • Wiring harnesses, repairing
            • Notes
            • Notes for wiring harness repairs
            • Airbag and seat belt tensioner wires, repairing
            • Fiber optic cables
            • Repairing CAN-Bus wires
            • Antenna wires, replacing
            • Wires with a cross-section up to 0.35 mm , repairing
            • Wire break with single repair point
            • Wire break with dual repair point
          • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs
            • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs, general information
            • Repairing terminals in terminal housing
            • Assembly of single wire seals
            • Repairing terminal housings with insulation displacement terminal
          • Terminal housings, releasing and disassembling
            • Notes on releasing and disassembling terminal housings
            • Secondary lock
            • Primary lock
            • Round connector systems
            • Flat connector systems
            • Special connector systems
              • Notes
              • Faston terminals:
              • GT 150/280 terminals:
              • Terminals without retaining tabs:
        • Repair Set VAS 6410
          • Repair Set VAS 6410 , using
            • Notes
            • Wiring eyelets, servicing
            • Threaded connections, servicing
            • Battery terminal clamp and battery terminal, cleaning
            • Protecting
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Electrical Equipment On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through m.y. 2001
          • Tools
          • VAS 5051 or VAG 1551, connecting
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
        • Instrument cluster through m.y. 1999, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender For Fuel Gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K-number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
          • Digital clock (Motometer - where applicable), correction
        • Instrument cluster m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender for fuel gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster 05.99 > 05.00, coding (function 07)
          • Instrument cluster 05.00 >, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
        • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- ('Gateway') m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Gateway, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
        • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
  • Headlights
    • Electrical Equipment - General Information (A4 Platform)
      • 27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • Battery, general information
          • Battery types
            • Notes
            • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator
            • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
          • Warnings and Safety Measures
            • Safe interaction with vehicle batteries
            • Battery safety label
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking
          • Absorbent Glass Mat battery (AGM battery), testing
          • Visual inspection
          • "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking color display
          • Battery, testing
            • Notes
            • Battery, testing with Midtronics Mcr340V Batt. Tester MCR340V
          • Battery no load voltage - vehicles in storage, checking
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Totally discharged batteries, charging
        • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System, activating and deactivating
      • 90 - Instruments
        • Instruments
      • 92 - Windshield wiper and washer system
        • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Front and rear window washer system
          • Headlamp cleaning system
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 - Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) lamps, usage and safety information
          • Notes
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Information on dangerous high voltage/currents
          • Information on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare
          • Assembly information for HID lamps
          • Disposal regulations for HID lamps
      • 96 - Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Lights, Lamps, Switches - Interior
      • 97 - Wiring
        • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A , connecting
        • Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Wiring harness repair kits
            • Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978
            • Upgrade Kit For VAS1978 VAS1978/50 (where applicable)
            • Wiring Harness Repair Set VAS1978A
            • Release Tool Set VAS1978/35
          • Tool descriptions
            • Crimp pliers with insert
            • Release tools for terminals
            • Assembly tools for single wire seals
            • Wire Stripper VAS1978/3
            • Hot Air Gun VAS1978/14
            • Crimping Pliers 0.35-2.5 mm ^2 VAS1978/1A (where applicable)
          • Vehicle electrical system, general repair notes
          • Wiring harnesses, repairing
            • Notes
            • Notes for wiring harness repairs
            • Airbag and seat belt tensioner wires, repairing
            • Fiber optic cables
            • Repairing CAN-Bus wires
            • Antenna wires, replacing
            • Wires with a cross-section up to 0.35 mm , repairing
            • Wire break with single repair point
            • Wire break with dual repair point
          • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs
            • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs, general information
            • Repairing terminals in terminal housing
            • Assembly of single wire seals
            • Repairing terminal housings with insulation displacement terminal
          • Terminal housings, releasing and disassembling
            • Notes on releasing and disassembling terminal housings
            • Secondary lock
            • Primary lock
            • Round connector systems
            • Flat connector systems
            • Special connector systems
              • Notes
              • Faston terminals:
              • GT 150/280 terminals:
              • Terminals without retaining tabs:
        • Repair Set VAS 6410
          • Repair Set VAS 6410 , using
            • Notes
            • Wiring eyelets, servicing
            • Threaded connections, servicing
            • Battery terminal clamp and battery terminal, cleaning
            • Protecting
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Lights, Switches - Exterior (From Late Production 1999) (A4 Platform)
      • Model Application
        • 1999 Golf, GTI & Jetta
      • Headlights - Golf
        • General information
        • Headlights, assembly
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - low beam, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - high beam, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - parking lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - turn signals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - fog lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
      • Headlights - JETTA
        • General information
        • Headlights, assembly
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - low/high beams, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - parking lights/turn signals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - fog lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
      • Side Mounted Turn Signals
        • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
      • Rear Lights
        • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
        • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
        • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
        • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
      • License Plate Lights
        • License plate light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
      • High-Mount Brake Light
        • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Steering Column Switches
        • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and auxiliary items needed
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Steering column switches, connector assignments
          • Windshield wiper/washer and multi-function indicator (MFI) switches
      • Ignition/Starter Switch And Lock Cylinder
        • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
  • Horns
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Infotainment
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
    • Radio, Telephone, Navigation (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Radio system - 'Premium IV' and 'Premium V' (including 'Monsoon') through 11.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting, selecting functions and checking control module (radio) versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Code Control Module (radio) (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
        • Radio system - 'Premium VI' (including 'Monsoon) from 12.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Radio system "Premium VI" (including "Monsoon") from 12.01, performing OBD program functions using VAS 5051
          • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting, selecting functions and checking control module (radio) versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Code Control Module (radio) (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
        • Multi-function steering wheel through 11.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting, selecting functions and checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Code Control Module (function 07)
            • Notes
            • Code tables
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
            • Display group 001, evaluating
            • Display group 002, evaluating
        • Multi-function steering wheel from 12.01, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Multi-function steering wheel from 12.01, performing OBD program functions using VAS 5051
      • 91 Radio, Telephone, Navigation, Trip computer
        • Communication
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
        • Radio systems
          • General information
        • Radio, 'Premium IV'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Radio, removing and installing
          • Radio, multi-pin connector assignments
          • Anti-theft security code, inputting
        • Radio, 'Premium V' & 'Premium V - Monsoon'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Radio, removing and installing
          • Radio, multi-pin connector assignments
          • Anti-theft security code, inputting
        • Radio, 'Premium VI' & 'Premium VI - Monsoon'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • OBD program functions, performing using VAS 5051
          • Radio, removing and installing
          • Radio, multi-pin connector assignments
          • Anti-theft security code, inputting
        • Amplifier system - 'Monsoon'
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Amplifier - Golf & GTI , removing and installing
          • Amplifier - Jetta, removing and installing
        • Speaker system
          • General information
          • High-range speaker (domed tweeter) in front doors, removing
          • High-range speaker (domed tweeter) in rear doors, removing
          • Mid-range/bass speakers in front and rear doors, removing
        • Antenna systems
          • General information
          • Radio system antenna, assembly
          • GPS/Telematics system antenna, assembly
          • Antenna - Jetta Wagon, Golf & GTI, removing and installing
          • Antenna - Jetta Sedan, removing and installing
          • Reception interference, suppression measures
          • Antenna cables and connectors, replacing
        • CD Changer / CD Player
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • CD Changer, removing and installing
          • CD Changer position (V/H) switches, setting
          • CD Changer retainer, removing and installing
          • CD Player, removing and installing
          • CD Player multi-pin connector assignments
        • Multi-function steering wheel
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Multi-function steering wheel, overview
          • Control unit in steering wheel -E221-, removing and installing
          • Control module for multi-function steering wheel -J453-, removing and installing
          • Control module for multi-function steering wheel multi-pin connector assignments
          • Multi-function steering wheel from 12.01, performing OBD program functions using VAS 5051
        • Telematics
          • General Information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Telematic system, component overview
          • Telematic Control Head - OnStar ® control buttons, description
          • Telematic Control Head - OnStar ® telematics indicator lamp, description
          • Telematic Control Head -E264-, removing and installing
          • Telematic Control Module -J499- - Jetta Wagon, Golf & GTI, removing and installing
          • Telematic Control Module -J499- - Jetta Sedan, removing and installing
          • Telematic Control Module -J499- multi-pin connector assignments
          • Telematic Control Module -J499-, coding
          • Telematic Control Module -J499-, reconfiguring
          • Telephone Microphone -R38-, removing and installing
          • Telematics system, troubleshooting using telematics indicator lamp
          • Transport Mode, deactivating
        • Mobile telephone and two-way radio operation, notes
          • General information
          • Performing repairs, notes
          • Battery, transmitter/receiver unit - fuse and wiring harness, overview
          • Transmitted output and antenna installation locations
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electrical Equipment - General Information (A4 Platform)
      • 27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • Battery, general information
          • Battery types
            • Notes
            • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator
            • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
          • Warnings and Safety Measures
            • Safe interaction with vehicle batteries
            • Battery safety label
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking
          • Absorbent Glass Mat battery (AGM battery), testing
          • Visual inspection
          • "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking color display
          • Battery, testing
            • Notes
            • Battery, testing with Midtronics Mcr340V Batt. Tester MCR340V
          • Battery no load voltage - vehicles in storage, checking
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Totally discharged batteries, charging
        • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System, activating and deactivating
      • 90 - Instruments
        • Instruments
      • 92 - Windshield wiper and washer system
        • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Front and rear window washer system
          • Headlamp cleaning system
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 - Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) lamps, usage and safety information
          • Notes
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Information on dangerous high voltage/currents
          • Information on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare
          • Assembly information for HID lamps
          • Disposal regulations for HID lamps
      • 96 - Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Lights, Lamps, Switches - Interior
      • 97 - Wiring
        • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A , connecting
        • Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Wiring harness repair kits
            • Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978
            • Upgrade Kit For VAS1978 VAS1978/50 (where applicable)
            • Wiring Harness Repair Set VAS1978A
            • Release Tool Set VAS1978/35
          • Tool descriptions
            • Crimp pliers with insert
            • Release tools for terminals
            • Assembly tools for single wire seals
            • Wire Stripper VAS1978/3
            • Hot Air Gun VAS1978/14
            • Crimping Pliers 0.35-2.5 mm ^2 VAS1978/1A (where applicable)
          • Vehicle electrical system, general repair notes
          • Wiring harnesses, repairing
            • Notes
            • Notes for wiring harness repairs
            • Airbag and seat belt tensioner wires, repairing
            • Fiber optic cables
            • Repairing CAN-Bus wires
            • Antenna wires, replacing
            • Wires with a cross-section up to 0.35 mm , repairing
            • Wire break with single repair point
            • Wire break with dual repair point
          • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs
            • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs, general information
            • Repairing terminals in terminal housing
            • Assembly of single wire seals
            • Repairing terminal housings with insulation displacement terminal
          • Terminal housings, releasing and disassembling
            • Notes on releasing and disassembling terminal housings
            • Secondary lock
            • Primary lock
            • Round connector systems
            • Flat connector systems
            • Special connector systems
              • Notes
              • Faston terminals:
              • GT 150/280 terminals:
              • Terminals without retaining tabs:
        • Repair Set VAS 6410
          • Repair Set VAS 6410 , using
            • Notes
            • Wiring eyelets, servicing
            • Threaded connections, servicing
            • Battery terminal clamp and battery terminal, cleaning
            • Protecting
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Memory Modules
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Mirrors
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Seats
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Lights, Switches - Exterior (From Late Production 1999) (A4 Platform)
      • Model Application
        • 1999 Golf, GTI & Jetta
      • Headlights - Golf
        • General information
        • Headlights, assembly
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - low beam, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - high beam, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - parking lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - turn signals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - fog lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
      • Headlights - JETTA
        • General information
        • Headlights, assembly
        • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - low/high beams, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - parking lights/turn signals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight bulbs - fog lights, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
        • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Headlights, adjusting
      • Side Mounted Turn Signals
        • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
      • Rear Lights
        • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
        • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
        • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
        • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
      • License Plate Lights
        • License plate light, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing:
          • Installing:
      • High-Mount Brake Light
        • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
      • Steering Column Switches
        • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Special tools and auxiliary items needed
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Steering column switches, connector assignments
          • Windshield wiper/washer and multi-function indicator (MFI) switches
      • Ignition/Starter Switch And Lock Cylinder
        • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Electrical Equipment - General Information (A4 Platform)
      • 27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • Battery, general information
          • Battery types
            • Notes
            • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator
            • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
          • Warnings and Safety Measures
            • Safe interaction with vehicle batteries
            • Battery safety label
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking
          • Absorbent Glass Mat battery (AGM battery), testing
          • Visual inspection
          • "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking color display
          • Battery, testing
            • Notes
            • Battery, testing with Midtronics Mcr340V Batt. Tester MCR340V
          • Battery no load voltage - vehicles in storage, checking
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Totally discharged batteries, charging
        • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System, activating and deactivating
      • 90 - Instruments
        • Instruments
      • 92 - Windshield wiper and washer system
        • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Front and rear window washer system
          • Headlamp cleaning system
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 - Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) lamps, usage and safety information
          • Notes
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Information on dangerous high voltage/currents
          • Information on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare
          • Assembly information for HID lamps
          • Disposal regulations for HID lamps
      • 96 - Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Lights, Lamps, Switches - Interior
      • 97 - Wiring
        • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A , connecting
        • Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Wiring harness repair kits
            • Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978
            • Upgrade Kit For VAS1978 VAS1978/50 (where applicable)
            • Wiring Harness Repair Set VAS1978A
            • Release Tool Set VAS1978/35
          • Tool descriptions
            • Crimp pliers with insert
            • Release tools for terminals
            • Assembly tools for single wire seals
            • Wire Stripper VAS1978/3
            • Hot Air Gun VAS1978/14
            • Crimping Pliers 0.35-2.5 mm ^2 VAS1978/1A (where applicable)
          • Vehicle electrical system, general repair notes
          • Wiring harnesses, repairing
            • Notes
            • Notes for wiring harness repairs
            • Airbag and seat belt tensioner wires, repairing
            • Fiber optic cables
            • Repairing CAN-Bus wires
            • Antenna wires, replacing
            • Wires with a cross-section up to 0.35 mm , repairing
            • Wire break with single repair point
            • Wire break with dual repair point
          • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs
            • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs, general information
            • Repairing terminals in terminal housing
            • Assembly of single wire seals
            • Repairing terminal housings with insulation displacement terminal
          • Terminal housings, releasing and disassembling
            • Notes on releasing and disassembling terminal housings
            • Secondary lock
            • Primary lock
            • Round connector systems
            • Flat connector systems
            • Special connector systems
              • Notes
              • Faston terminals:
              • GT 150/280 terminals:
              • Terminals without retaining tabs:
        • Repair Set VAS 6410
          • Repair Set VAS 6410 , using
            • Notes
            • Wiring eyelets, servicing
            • Threaded connections, servicing
            • Battery terminal clamp and battery terminal, cleaning
            • Protecting
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
• Body & Frame
  • Body, Cab Control Systems
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Door Locks
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Electrical Equipment On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through m.y. 2001
          • Tools
          • VAS 5051 or VAG 1551, connecting
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
        • Instrument cluster through m.y. 1999, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender For Fuel Gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K-number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
          • Digital clock (Motometer - where applicable), correction
        • Instrument cluster m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender for fuel gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster 05.99 > 05.00, coding (function 07)
          • Instrument cluster 05.00 >, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
        • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- ('Gateway') m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Gateway, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
        • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body Collision Repair (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Vehicle identification number (VIN)
          • Vehicle information label
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Vehicle data sticker from 04.00 (only Jetta vehicles)
        • Body foam insulation
          • Body foam insulation
        • Reinforced body sheet metal
          • Reinforced body sheet metal
        • Laser welding
          • Laser welding
        • Galvanized body panels
          • Galvanized body panels
        • Body panel gaps/mating lines
          • Body panel gaps/mating lines
          • Body, front (Golf)
          • Body, rear (Golf)
          • Body, rear (Jetta)
          • Body, rear (Jetta wagon)
        • Body dimensions
          • Body, front
          • Body, center
          • Body, rear (Golf)
          • Body, rear (Jetta)
            • Notes
            • Body dimensions
          • Body, rear (Jetta wagon)
        • Straightening fixture
          • Straightening fixture
          • Front alignment brackets (right), overview
          • Front alignment brackets, overview
          • Front alignment brackets center of door (door opening gauge), overview
          • Alignment brackets center of door (door opening gauge), overview
          • Center alignment brackets, overview
          • Rear alignment brackets, overview
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Jetta wagon
      • 50 - Body - Front
        • Right engine mount bracket
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
            • Notes
            • Preparing new part
          • Welding in place
        • Intermediate piece, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Fender connecting plate, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Long member for upper wheel house, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Front wheel house, partial replacing
          • Front wheel house, partial replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Front inner fender, replacing
          • Front inner fender, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Front long member, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Front long member, partial replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Long member front section, replacing
          • Long member front section, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in place
      • 51 - Body - Center, Chassis, Roof
        • Roof, replacing (Golf)
          • Roof, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Roof, replacing (Jetta)
          • Roof, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Roof, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Tools
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in
          • Roof rail dimensions
        • Front roof cross member, replacing
          • Front roof cross member, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Roof reinforcement, replacing
          • Roof reinforcement, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear roof cross member, replacing (Golf)
          • Rear roof cross member, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear cross member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear cross member, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear roof crossmember, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Rear roof crossmember, replacing (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in
        • A-pillar, inner, replacing
          • A-pillar, inner, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Partial replacement
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
            • Replacement parts
            • Foam insulation
        • B-pillar, replacing (4 door), B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
          • B-pillar, replacing (4 door), B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
          • B-pillar, replacing (4 door)/B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Inner B-pillar, replacing (2-door)
          • Inner B-pillar, replacing (2-door)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Inner B-pillar, replacing (4-door), Inner B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
          • Inner B-pillar, replacing (4-door)/inner B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Outer side member, replacing (2-door)
          • Outer side member, replacing (2-door)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Outer side member, replacing (4-door), Outer side member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Outer side member, replacing (4-door), Outer side member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Outer side member, replacing (4-door)/outer side member, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in place
        • Side member reinforcement, replacing
          • Includes: Web plate part section
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement parts
          • Welding in place
        • Floor plate, partial replacement
          • Floor plate, partial replacement
            • Cutting location
            • Part section
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in place
      • 53 - Body - Rear
        • Rear cross panel, replacing
          • Rear cross panel, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
        • Rear cross panel, exterior, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Tools
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in
        • Rear cross panel, complete, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Tools
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Separating locations
          • Lock carrier, welding in
            • Replacement parts
          • Side panel, interior, welding in
            • Replacement parts
          • Reinforcement for D-pillar, lower, welding in
            • Replacement part
          • Reinforcement for D-pillar
            • Replacement part
          • Reinforcement for D-pillar, inner, welding in
            • Replacement part
          • Mount for SBBR-lamp, welding in
            • Replacement part
          • Weld crossmember to rear cross panel from inside
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Tail light mount, replacing (Golf)
          • Tail light mount, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Left inner
            • Right inner
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear center cross panel carrier, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear center cross panel carrier, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Installing
            • Welding in place
        • Rear cross panel, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear cross panel, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Welding in place
        • End cross panel, replacing (Golf)
          • End cross panel, replacing (Golf)
            • Cutting locations
        • Outer wheel house, replacing (Jetta)
          • Outer wheel house, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Reinforcement for C-pillar, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Reinforcement for C-pillar, replacing (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in
        • Rear long member, partial replacement (Golf)
          • Rear long member, partial replacement (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear long member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear long member, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Long member, partial replacement (Jetta)
          • Long member, partial replacement (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in place
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (2-door)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (2-door)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in place
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf 4-door)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf 4-door)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Preparing new part
            • Foamed area
            • Welding in place
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Preparing new part
            • Foamed area
            • Welding in place
        • Side panel, partial replacement (Jetta wagon)
          • Side panel, partial replacement (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Wheel house connecting panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
          • Wheel house connecting panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in place
        • Connecting panel, replacing (Jetta)
          • Connecting panel, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Rear wheelhousing, outer, replacing -partial section- (Jetta wagon)
          • Rear wheelhousing, outer, replacing -partial section- (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in
        • Spare wheel well, replacing (Golf)
          • Spare wheel well, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Spare wheel well, partial replacement (Golf)
          • Spare wheel well, partial replacement (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Spare wheel well, replacing (Jetta)
          • Spare wheel well, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Body Collision Repair (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Vehicle identification number (VIN)
          • Vehicle information label
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Vehicle data sticker from 04.00 (only Jetta vehicles)
        • Body foam insulation
          • Body foam insulation
        • Reinforced body sheet metal
          • Reinforced body sheet metal
        • Laser welding
          • Laser welding
        • Galvanized body panels
          • Galvanized body panels
        • Body panel gaps/mating lines
          • Body panel gaps/mating lines
          • Body, front (Golf)
          • Body, rear (Golf)
          • Body, rear (Jetta)
          • Body, rear (Jetta wagon)
        • Body dimensions
          • Body, front
          • Body, center
          • Body, rear (Golf)
          • Body, rear (Jetta)
            • Notes
            • Body dimensions
          • Body, rear (Jetta wagon)
        • Straightening fixture
          • Straightening fixture
          • Front alignment brackets (right), overview
          • Front alignment brackets, overview
          • Front alignment brackets center of door (door opening gauge), overview
          • Alignment brackets center of door (door opening gauge), overview
          • Center alignment brackets, overview
          • Rear alignment brackets, overview
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Jetta wagon
      • 50 - Body - Front
        • Right engine mount bracket
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
            • Notes
            • Preparing new part
          • Welding in place
        • Intermediate piece, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Fender connecting plate, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Long member for upper wheel house, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Front wheel house, partial replacing
          • Front wheel house, partial replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Front inner fender, replacing
          • Front inner fender, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Front long member, replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Front long member, partial replacing
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement part
          • Welding in place
        • Long member front section, replacing
          • Long member front section, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in place
      • 51 - Body - Center, Chassis, Roof
        • Roof, replacing (Golf)
          • Roof, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Roof, replacing (Jetta)
          • Roof, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Roof, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Tools
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in
          • Roof rail dimensions
        • Front roof cross member, replacing
          • Front roof cross member, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Roof reinforcement, replacing
          • Roof reinforcement, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear roof cross member, replacing (Golf)
          • Rear roof cross member, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear cross member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear cross member, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear roof crossmember, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Rear roof crossmember, replacing (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in
        • A-pillar, inner, replacing
          • A-pillar, inner, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Partial replacement
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
            • Replacement parts
            • Foam insulation
        • B-pillar, replacing (4 door), B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
          • B-pillar, replacing (4 door), B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
          • B-pillar, replacing (4 door)/B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Inner B-pillar, replacing (2-door)
          • Inner B-pillar, replacing (2-door)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Inner B-pillar, replacing (4-door), Inner B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
          • Inner B-pillar, replacing (4-door)/inner B-pillar, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Outer side member, replacing (2-door)
          • Outer side member, replacing (2-door)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Outer side member, replacing (4-door), Outer side member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Outer side member, replacing (4-door), Outer side member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Outer side member, replacing (4-door)/outer side member, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in place
        • Side member reinforcement, replacing
          • Includes: Web plate part section
          • Cutting location
          • Replacement parts
          • Welding in place
        • Floor plate, partial replacement
          • Floor plate, partial replacement
            • Cutting location
            • Part section
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in place
      • 53 - Body - Rear
        • Rear cross panel, replacing
          • Rear cross panel, replacing
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
        • Rear cross panel, exterior, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Tools
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in
        • Rear cross panel, complete, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Tools
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Separating locations
          • Lock carrier, welding in
            • Replacement parts
          • Side panel, interior, welding in
            • Replacement parts
          • Reinforcement for D-pillar, lower, welding in
            • Replacement part
          • Reinforcement for D-pillar
            • Replacement part
          • Reinforcement for D-pillar, inner, welding in
            • Replacement part
          • Mount for SBBR-lamp, welding in
            • Replacement part
          • Weld crossmember to rear cross panel from inside
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Tail light mount, replacing (Golf)
          • Tail light mount, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Left inner
            • Right inner
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear center cross panel carrier, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear center cross panel carrier, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Installing
            • Welding in place
        • Rear cross panel, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear cross panel, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Welding in place
        • End cross panel, replacing (Golf)
          • End cross panel, replacing (Golf)
            • Cutting locations
        • Outer wheel house, replacing (Jetta)
          • Outer wheel house, replacing (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Reinforcement for C-pillar, replacing (Jetta wagon)
          • Reinforcement for C-pillar, replacing (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in
        • Rear long member, partial replacement (Golf)
          • Rear long member, partial replacement (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Rear long member, replacing (Jetta)
          • Rear long member, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
        • Long member, partial replacement (Jetta)
          • Long member, partial replacement (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in place
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (2-door)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (2-door)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in place
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf 4-door)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf 4-door)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Preparing new part
            • Foamed area
            • Welding in place
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Preparing new part
            • Foamed area
            • Welding in place
        • Side panel, partial replacement (Jetta wagon)
          • Side panel, partial replacement (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in
        • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf)
          • Quarter panel, partial replacement (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Wheel house connecting panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
          • Wheel house connecting panel, partial replacement (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Preparing new part
            • Welding in place
        • Connecting panel, replacing (Jetta)
          • Connecting panel, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Rear wheelhousing, outer, replacing -partial section- (Jetta wagon)
          • Rear wheelhousing, outer, replacing -partial section- (Jetta wagon)
            • Overview
            • Separating locations
            • Replacement parts
            • Welding in
        • Spare wheel well, replacing (Golf)
          • Spare wheel well, replacing (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Spare wheel well, partial replacement (Golf)
          • Spare wheel well, partial replacement (Golf)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
        • Spare wheel well, replacing (Jetta)
          • Spare wheel well, replacing (Jetta)
            • Overview
            • Cutting location
            • Replacement part
            • Welding in place
  • Mirrors
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Seats
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Windows
    • Body Exterior (A4 Platform)
      • 50 Body, front
        • Body, front
          • Tools
          • Lock carrier with attachments, removing and installing
          • Lock carrier service position
          • Front fender, assembly overview
          • Fender gaps
          • Noise insulation (gasoline engines), assembly overview
          • Noise insulation (Diesel engines), assembly overview
      • 55 Hood, lids
        • Hood
          • Assembly overview
          • Hood, adjusting
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Bowden cable, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing and installing
          • Hood lock, assembly overview
          • Hood lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lock support, removing
            • Hood lock, removing
        • Rear lid (Golf)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Golf), assembly overview
          • Gas-filled strut, removing
          • Releasing gas from gas-filled strut
          • Rear lid, adjusting
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
        • Rear lid (Jetta)
          • Tools
          • Rear lid (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing (Jetta)
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear lid, (Jetta Wagon)
          • Rear lid (Jetta Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear lid lock, removing and installing
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
          • Micro-switch, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Tank flap unit
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Golf)
          • Fuel flap unit, removing and installing (Jetta)
      • 57 Front doors, Central locking system
        • Front door
          • Tools
          • Front door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and lock, assembly overview
          • Lock cylinder housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Locking knob for locking rod, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
          • Auxiliary seal, removing and installing
            • Materials
            • Tools
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Central locking system
          • Comfort system and central locking system, assembly overview
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (not foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable), removing and installing 04.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for key with radio remote control (foldable) removing and installing 05.01
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Adaptation of keys with radio remote control
      • 58 Rear doors
        • Rear doors
          • Tools
          • Rear door, assembly overview
          • Door, removing and installing
          • Door, adjusting
          • Door handle and door lock, assembly overview
          • Door handle, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Door window, assembling to window regulator
          • Door seals
            • Notes
            • Door seals, assembly overview
      • 60 Sunroof
        • Sunroof
          • Tools
          • General Information
          • Function
          • Distinguishing features of Webasto and Rockwell (Meritor) sunroofs
            • Notes
            • Water channel connection
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Webasto)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Removing glass panel for sunroof
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
        • Sunroof with glass panel (Meritor)
          • Sunroof with glass panel, assembly overview
          • Glass panel for sunroof, removing
          • Glass panel for sunroof, installing
            • Notes
            • Zero position:
          • Glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment), adjusting
          • Panel seal, adjusting
          • Panel seal, replacing
          • Wind deflector, removing
          • Sliding headliner, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, removing
          • Drive motor for sunroof, adjusting (zero position)
          • Automatic rotary switch for sunroof, removing
          • Parallel movement, checking
          • Parallel movement, adjusting
          • Installation unit, removing and installing
          • Slotted guide rail, removing
          • Water drain hoses, cleaning
            • Front water drain hoses:
            • Rear water drain hoses:
      • 63 Bumper
        • Front bumper
          • Bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Release lever, removing
          • Bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Center ventilation grid and air guide (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
        • Rear bumper
          • Rear bumper cover, assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, assembly overview
          • Trailer hitch, removing and installing
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), assembly overview
          • Rear bumper cover (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Adapter part (Golf R32), removing and installing
          • Rear bumper carrier (Golf R32), assembly overview
      • 64 Glass, Window regulators
        • Flush-bonded windows
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Windshield, assembly overview
          • Plenum chamber cover, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield, removing
          • Windshield, installing
          • Side window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged side window, removing
          • Damaged side window, removing
          • Side window, installing
          • Side window (Wagon), assembly overview
          • Rear window (Golf), assembly overview
          • Undamaged rear window, removing
          • Damaged rear window, removing
          • Rear window, installing
          • Rear window (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Preparing undamaged window for glazing
          • Preparing new window for glazing
            • Notes
            • Side window
            • Gap dimensions for side windows
          • Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing
            • Notes
            • All other windows
          • Preparing window flange for glazing
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Adhesive sealing material, cleaning off surplus
        • Door windows
          • Tools
          • Front door window, assembly overview
          • Front door window, removing
          • Door window, adjusting
          • Carrier assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door window, assembly overview
          • Carrier assembly, rear door window and quarter window, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Quarter window, removing (continued)
            • Carrier assembly, removing (continued)
            • Quarter window, installing
            • Carrier assembly, installing
          • Door window at window regulator, installing
          • Power window regulator for comfort system (automatic opening and closing) with excess force limitation (pinch protection)
            • Notes
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched on
            • Function of window regulator with ignition switched off
            • Setting automatic opening and closing
          • Overcoming resistance with excess force limitation (Pinch protection)
          • Window regulator motor or carrier assembly with window regulator, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Window regulator motor, installing
            • Carrier assembly with window regulator, installing
          • Carrier assembly with window regulator, assembly overview
          • Window regulator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 66 Exterior equipment
        • Wheelhousing liner, removing and installing
          • Front wheel-housing liner
          • Rear wheel-housing liner
        • Outside rear view mirror
          • Tools
          • Outside rear view mirror, assembly overview
          • Mirror housing, removing
          • Outside rear view mirror (manual), removing
        • Roof moldings
          • Roof molding
        • Roof rail
          • Roof rail, assembly overview
          • Angle bracket, installing
        • Trim
          • Radiator grille, removing and installing
        • Protective side moldings
          • Protective side moldings, replacing
        • Rear spoiler with integrated stoplight
          • Tools
          • Stoplight, removing and installing
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler, general notes
          • Rear spoiler with rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Rear lid preparation
            • Installing
            • Removing
          • Rear spoiler without rear lid change, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Special components of Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32
          • Safety precautions
          • Tools
          • Materials
          • Assembly overview
          • Front and rear valance spoilers
            • Assembly overview
          • Additional bolts at front valance spoiler, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Sill panel extension (Jetta GLI Sport)
            • Assembly overview
            • Sill panel extension, removing
            • Sill panel extension, installing
          • Roof edge spoiler (Golf GTI, Golf R32)
            • Assembly overview
            • Roof edge spoiler, removing
            • Installing roof edge spoiler
          • Preparing bodywork for adhesive
          • Installation notes
          • Minimum curing time
          • Repairing paint damage
          • Cleaning when soiled by adhesive sealing material
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Brake System - A4 Platform
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Technical data, brakes
        • Technical data, brakes
          • Technical data, brakes
      • 45 Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) and anti-lock brake system with electronic differential lock (ABS/EDL) ITT Mark 20 IE
          • General
          • Distinguishing features of ABS ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with ABS
            • Vehicles with ABS/EDL
          • Hydraulic unit/ABS control module, removing and installing
        • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
          • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor for front axle, checking
            • ABS wheel speed sensor gap, checking
            • Front wheel speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle (drum brakes), removing and installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor wiring to rear axle, removing and installing
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • General information on this ABS, ABS/EDL
          • Distinguishing features of ABS Mark 60
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
          • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
        • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
          • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Data Link Connector (DLC)
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Connecting brake lines from tandem brake master cylinder to hydraulic unit
          • Control module and hydraulic unit Mark 60, removing and installing
        • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
          • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
            • Notes
            • Brake pad wear indicator light -K32-
            • ABS warning light -K47-
            • ABS warning light -K47- and Warning light for brake system -K118-
            • ASR/ESP control lamp -K155-
        • ABS system components for front and rear axles, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing and installing speed sensor on front axle
            • Checking or removing and installing rotor on front axle
            • Checking rotor lateral run-out
            • Front speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
            • Speed sensor on front axle, removing and installing
            • Rotor on front axle, checking or removing
          • ABS system components for rear axle, (Front wheel drive) removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (front wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Rear speed sensor wiring (front wheel drive), removing and installing
          • ABS system components for rear axle (all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (disc brakes all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Removing and installing rear speed sensor wiring (all-wheel drive)
        • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • Sender for rotation rate -G202- and sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-, removing and installing
          • Longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-, removing and installing
          • ESP sensor unit -G419-, vehicles from my 02.02, removing and installing
          • Steering angle sensor -G85-, removing and installing
      • 46 Brakes - Mechanical Components
        • Front brakes
          • Front brakes, FS III brake caliper, assembly overview
          • Front brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, FN 3 brake caliper, servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, servicing
        • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear brake pads, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
          • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
        • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal from brake booster, disconnecting and connecting
          • Brake pedal, removing and installing
          • Brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • Notes
            • "Old style" brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • "New style" brake light switch, removing and installing
      • 47 Brakes - Hydraulic Components
        • Front brake calipers, servicing
          • FS III front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front brake caliper piston, removing and installing
        • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, Servicing
        • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Pre-bleeding brake caliper
          • Pressure leak test
        • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, checking and adjusting
          • Specifications for load dependent brake pressure regulator
        • Brake system, bleeding
          • Brake system, bleeding
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 20
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
          • Brake system, bleeding without pressure bleeder
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
            • Pre-bleeding sequence
          • Bleeding brake system without brake filling and bleeding appliance
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Vacuum pump for brake booster (vehicles with Diesel engines), removing and installing
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Sender 1 for brake booster -G201- and Sensor -2- for brake pressure -G214-, removing and installing
          • Check function of brake assist in brake booster, vehicles from my 02.02,
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, removing and installing
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, checking
          • Brake booster pressure sensor -G294-, removing and installing
          • Check function of check valve -A-.
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles up to my 05.02, electrical check
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignment
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Contact assignment of connectors for voltage supply and diagnosis.
            • Test step overview
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 6)
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles from my 06.02, electrical check
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 4)
        • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
          • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
        • Brake booster, removing and installing
          • Brake booster, removing and installing
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
    • Brake System - OBD (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • ABS ITT Mark 20 IE On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
          • Identifying characteristics
          • Technical data
          • Safety precautions
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) with V.A.G 1551 Scan Tool or Tester VAS 5051 (flow chart)
        • Electrical/electronic components and locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and locations
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) displayed by warning lights -K14-, -K47- and -K118-
        • ABS ITT Mk 20 IE On Board Diagnostic (OBD) program
          • ABS ITT Mk 20 IE On Board Diagnostic (OBD) program
          • V.A.G 1551 Scan Tool, connecting and selecting function
            • Notes
            • List of selectable functions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC), memory
          • Automatic test sequence
          • Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051, connecting and selecting ABS control module
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing and ending output
          • ABS control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
            • Coding table
          • Measured value block, reading
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • List of selectable display group numbers
            • Test sequence and test tables with measured values
              • Checking speed sensor allocation
              • Checking speed sensor
              • Checking brake light switch for ABS and ABS/EDL function
              • Checking data bus wiring
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Basic setting, initiating
        • ABS, ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR ITT Mark 20 IE, electrical check
          • ABS, ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR ITT Mark 20 IE, electrical check
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignment
            • Notes
            • Contact assignment of connectors for voltage supply and On Board Diagnostic (OBD) with V.A.G 1551 Scan Tool
            • Contact assignment of connector T25 wiring harness/ABS control module (w/EDL) -J104-
            • Test step overview
          • Test table
          • Brake light switch, adjusting
        • ABS Mark 60 On Board Diagnostic (OBD), vehicles from my 10.00
          • ABS Mark 60 On Board Diagnostic (OBD), vehicles from my 10.00
          • Function
          • Arrangement of ABS MARK 60
          • Technical data
          • Safety precautions and fundamental points regarding troubleshooting
          • Troubleshooting with V.A.G 1551 scan tool or tester VAS 5051 on ABS Mark 60 (flow chart)
        • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) displayed by warning lights -K47-, -K118- and -K155-
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) displayed by warning lights -K47-, -K118- and -K155-
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), performing
          • Test prerequisites for OBD
          • Safety precautions
          • Scan tool, connecting
          • V.A.G 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting function
          • List of selectable functions
          • Automatic test sequence
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing and ending output
          • ABS control module, coding
          • Vehicle data label
            • Explanation of the PR. numbers on vehicle data label
            • Location of optional equipment number (PR No.) on vehicle data plate (arrow)
            • Table for ABS, coding
            • Table for ABS/EDL/ASR, coding
            • Table for ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, coding
          • Measured value block, reading
            • Notes
            • Overview of selectable display group numbers
            • Test sequence and test tables with measured values
              • Checking speed sensor allocation
              • Checking speed sensor
              • Checking brake light switch, brake system warning lamp, ABS warning lamp and ASR/ESP warning lamp
              • Checking steering angle sensor, sensor for transverse acceleration and sender for rotation rate1)
              • Checking sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-1)
              • Checking brake pressure sensor 1)
              • Checking longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-1)
              • Checking data bus wiring
          • Basic setting, initiating
            • Notes
            • Display group number 01: Bleeding hydraulic unit
            • Display group number 40: switching off longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-
            • Display group number 60: zero compensation of steering angle sensor -G85-
            • Display group number 63: zero compensation of Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
            • Display group number 66: zero compensation for Sender 1 for brake booster -G201-
            • Display group number 69: zero compensation of longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-
            • Display group number 93: activation of ESP driving test
          • Login procedure
        • Electrical check of Mark 60
          • Electrical check of Mark 60
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignments
            • Notes
            • Test step overview
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 16)
          • Test table (test steps 17 - 23)
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Brake System - A4 Platform
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Technical data, brakes
        • Technical data, brakes
          • Technical data, brakes
      • 45 Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) and anti-lock brake system with electronic differential lock (ABS/EDL) ITT Mark 20 IE
          • General
          • Distinguishing features of ABS ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with ABS
            • Vehicles with ABS/EDL
          • Hydraulic unit/ABS control module, removing and installing
        • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
          • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor for front axle, checking
            • ABS wheel speed sensor gap, checking
            • Front wheel speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle (drum brakes), removing and installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor wiring to rear axle, removing and installing
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • General information on this ABS, ABS/EDL
          • Distinguishing features of ABS Mark 60
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
          • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
        • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
          • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Data Link Connector (DLC)
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Connecting brake lines from tandem brake master cylinder to hydraulic unit
          • Control module and hydraulic unit Mark 60, removing and installing
        • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
          • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
            • Notes
            • Brake pad wear indicator light -K32-
            • ABS warning light -K47-
            • ABS warning light -K47- and Warning light for brake system -K118-
            • ASR/ESP control lamp -K155-
        • ABS system components for front and rear axles, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing and installing speed sensor on front axle
            • Checking or removing and installing rotor on front axle
            • Checking rotor lateral run-out
            • Front speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
            • Speed sensor on front axle, removing and installing
            • Rotor on front axle, checking or removing
          • ABS system components for rear axle, (Front wheel drive) removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (front wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Rear speed sensor wiring (front wheel drive), removing and installing
          • ABS system components for rear axle (all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (disc brakes all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Removing and installing rear speed sensor wiring (all-wheel drive)
        • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • Sender for rotation rate -G202- and sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-, removing and installing
          • Longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-, removing and installing
          • ESP sensor unit -G419-, vehicles from my 02.02, removing and installing
          • Steering angle sensor -G85-, removing and installing
      • 46 Brakes - Mechanical Components
        • Front brakes
          • Front brakes, FS III brake caliper, assembly overview
          • Front brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, FN 3 brake caliper, servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, servicing
        • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear brake pads, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
          • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
        • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal from brake booster, disconnecting and connecting
          • Brake pedal, removing and installing
          • Brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • Notes
            • "Old style" brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • "New style" brake light switch, removing and installing
      • 47 Brakes - Hydraulic Components
        • Front brake calipers, servicing
          • FS III front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front brake caliper piston, removing and installing
        • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, Servicing
        • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Pre-bleeding brake caliper
          • Pressure leak test
        • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, checking and adjusting
          • Specifications for load dependent brake pressure regulator
        • Brake system, bleeding
          • Brake system, bleeding
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 20
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
          • Brake system, bleeding without pressure bleeder
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
            • Pre-bleeding sequence
          • Bleeding brake system without brake filling and bleeding appliance
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Vacuum pump for brake booster (vehicles with Diesel engines), removing and installing
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Sender 1 for brake booster -G201- and Sensor -2- for brake pressure -G214-, removing and installing
          • Check function of brake assist in brake booster, vehicles from my 02.02,
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, removing and installing
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, checking
          • Brake booster pressure sensor -G294-, removing and installing
          • Check function of check valve -A-.
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles up to my 05.02, electrical check
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignment
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Contact assignment of connectors for voltage supply and diagnosis.
            • Test step overview
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 6)
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles from my 06.02, electrical check
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 4)
        • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
          • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
        • Brake booster, removing and installing
          • Brake booster, removing and installing
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Parking Brake System
    • Brake System - A4 Platform
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Technical data, brakes
        • Technical data, brakes
          • Technical data, brakes
      • 45 Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) and anti-lock brake system with electronic differential lock (ABS/EDL) ITT Mark 20 IE
          • General
          • Distinguishing features of ABS ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with ABS
            • Vehicles with ABS/EDL
          • Hydraulic unit/ABS control module, removing and installing
        • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
          • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor for front axle, checking
            • ABS wheel speed sensor gap, checking
            • Front wheel speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle (drum brakes), removing and installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor wiring to rear axle, removing and installing
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • General information on this ABS, ABS/EDL
          • Distinguishing features of ABS Mark 60
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
          • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
        • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
          • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Data Link Connector (DLC)
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Connecting brake lines from tandem brake master cylinder to hydraulic unit
          • Control module and hydraulic unit Mark 60, removing and installing
        • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
          • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
            • Notes
            • Brake pad wear indicator light -K32-
            • ABS warning light -K47-
            • ABS warning light -K47- and Warning light for brake system -K118-
            • ASR/ESP control lamp -K155-
        • ABS system components for front and rear axles, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing and installing speed sensor on front axle
            • Checking or removing and installing rotor on front axle
            • Checking rotor lateral run-out
            • Front speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
            • Speed sensor on front axle, removing and installing
            • Rotor on front axle, checking or removing
          • ABS system components for rear axle, (Front wheel drive) removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (front wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Rear speed sensor wiring (front wheel drive), removing and installing
          • ABS system components for rear axle (all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (disc brakes all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Removing and installing rear speed sensor wiring (all-wheel drive)
        • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • Sender for rotation rate -G202- and sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-, removing and installing
          • Longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-, removing and installing
          • ESP sensor unit -G419-, vehicles from my 02.02, removing and installing
          • Steering angle sensor -G85-, removing and installing
      • 46 Brakes - Mechanical Components
        • Front brakes
          • Front brakes, FS III brake caliper, assembly overview
          • Front brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, FN 3 brake caliper, servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, servicing
        • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear brake pads, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
          • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
        • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal from brake booster, disconnecting and connecting
          • Brake pedal, removing and installing
          • Brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • Notes
            • "Old style" brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • "New style" brake light switch, removing and installing
      • 47 Brakes - Hydraulic Components
        • Front brake calipers, servicing
          • FS III front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front brake caliper piston, removing and installing
        • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, Servicing
        • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Pre-bleeding brake caliper
          • Pressure leak test
        • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, checking and adjusting
          • Specifications for load dependent brake pressure regulator
        • Brake system, bleeding
          • Brake system, bleeding
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 20
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
          • Brake system, bleeding without pressure bleeder
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
            • Pre-bleeding sequence
          • Bleeding brake system without brake filling and bleeding appliance
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Vacuum pump for brake booster (vehicles with Diesel engines), removing and installing
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Sender 1 for brake booster -G201- and Sensor -2- for brake pressure -G214-, removing and installing
          • Check function of brake assist in brake booster, vehicles from my 02.02,
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, removing and installing
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, checking
          • Brake booster pressure sensor -G294-, removing and installing
          • Check function of check valve -A-.
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles up to my 05.02, electrical check
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignment
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Contact assignment of connectors for voltage supply and diagnosis.
            • Test step overview
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 6)
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles from my 06.02, electrical check
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 4)
        • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
          • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
        • Brake booster, removing and installing
          • Brake booster, removing and installing
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Traction Control
    • Brake System - A4 Platform
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Technical data, brakes
        • Technical data, brakes
          • Technical data, brakes
      • 45 Anti-Lock Brake System
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) and anti-lock brake system with electronic differential lock (ABS/EDL) ITT Mark 20 IE
          • General
          • Distinguishing features of ABS ITT Mark 20 IE and the ABS/EDL ITT Mark 20 IE
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/master cylinder, overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with ABS
            • Vehicles with ABS/EDL
          • Hydraulic unit/ABS control module, removing and installing
        • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
          • ABS system components for front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor rotor for front axle, checking
            • ABS wheel speed sensor gap, checking
            • Front wheel speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle, removing and installing
            • Wheel speed sensor on rear axle (drum brakes), removing and installing
            • ABS wheel speed sensor wiring to rear axle, removing and installing
        • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) Mark 60
          • General information on this ABS, ABS/EDL
          • Distinguishing features of ABS Mark 60
          • Notes for repair work on ABS, ABS/EDL
        • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
          • VAS 5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting functions
        • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
          • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations (ABS) Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Data Link Connector (DLC)
        • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
          • Hydraulic unit, brake booster/brake master cylinder Mark 60, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Connecting brake lines from tandem brake master cylinder to hydraulic unit
          • Control module and hydraulic unit Mark 60, removing and installing
        • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
          • DTCs displayed by (ABS) Mark 60 warning lights -K32-, -K47-, -K118-, and -K155-
            • Notes
            • Brake pad wear indicator light -K32-
            • ABS warning light -K47-
            • ABS warning light -K47- and Warning light for brake system -K118-
            • ASR/ESP control lamp -K155-
        • ABS system components for front and rear axles, removing and installing
          • ABS system components on front axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing and installing speed sensor on front axle
            • Checking or removing and installing rotor on front axle
            • Checking rotor lateral run-out
            • Front speed sensor wiring, removing and installing
            • Speed sensor on front axle, removing and installing
            • Rotor on front axle, checking or removing
          • ABS system components for rear axle, (Front wheel drive) removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (front wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Rear speed sensor wiring (front wheel drive), removing and installing
          • ABS system components for rear axle (all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Speed sensor on rear axle (disc brakes all-wheel drive), removing and installing
            • Removing and installing rear speed sensor wiring (all-wheel drive)
        • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • ESP system components, removing and installing
          • Sender for rotation rate -G202- and sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-, removing and installing
          • Longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-, removing and installing
          • ESP sensor unit -G419-, vehicles from my 02.02, removing and installing
          • Steering angle sensor -G85-, removing and installing
      • 46 Brakes - Mechanical Components
        • Front brakes
          • Front brakes, FS III brake caliper, assembly overview
          • Front brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, FN 3 brake caliper, servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, servicing
        • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear wheel brakes (disc brakes - front wheel drive), assembly overview
          • Rear brake pads, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Rear wheel brakes/disc brakes (all-wheel drive), servicing
          • Brake pads, removing and installing
          • Parking brake, adjusting
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - front wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
          • Parking brake cables for disc brakes - all wheel drive, removing and installing
        • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
          • Parking brake lever, assembly overview
        • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal - assembly overview
          • Brake pedal from brake booster, disconnecting and connecting
          • Brake pedal, removing and installing
          • Brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • Notes
            • "Old style" brake light switch, removing and installing/adjusting
            • "New style" brake light switch, removing and installing
      • 47 Brakes - Hydraulic Components
        • Front brake calipers, servicing
          • FS III front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front brake caliper piston, removing and installing
        • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • FN 3 front brake calipers, servicing
          • Front caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Front brakes, 2FN brake caliper, Servicing
        • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper, servicing
          • Rear brake caliper piston, removing and installing
          • Pre-bleeding brake caliper
          • Pressure leak test
        • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, assembly overview
          • Brake pressure regulator, checking and adjusting
          • Specifications for load dependent brake pressure regulator
        • Brake system, bleeding
          • Brake system, bleeding
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 20
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
          • Brake system, bleeding without pressure bleeder
          • Bleeding brake system with brake filler and bleeder unit VAS 5234, vehicles with ABS Mark 60
            • Notes
            • Bleeding sequence
            • Pre-bleeding sequence
          • Bleeding brake system without brake filling and bleeding appliance
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, servicing for vehicles up to my 10.00
          • Vacuum pump for brake booster (vehicles with Diesel engines), removing and installing
        • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Brake booster/brake master cylinder for vehicles with ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP Mark 60 from m.y. 10.00, assembly overview
          • Sender 1 for brake booster -G201- and Sensor -2- for brake pressure -G214-, removing and installing
          • Check function of brake assist in brake booster, vehicles from my 02.02,
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, removing and installing
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, checking
          • Brake booster pressure sensor -G294-, removing and installing
          • Check function of check valve -A-.
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles up to my 05.02, electrical check
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignment
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • Contact assignment of connectors for voltage supply and diagnosis.
            • Test step overview
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 6)
          • Brake system vacuum pump -V192-, vehicles from my 06.02, electrical check
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 4)
        • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
          • Brake master cylinder, removing and installing
        • Brake booster, removing and installing
          • Brake booster, removing and installing
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
    • Brake System - OBD (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • ABS ITT Mark 20 IE On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
          • Identifying characteristics
          • Technical data
          • Safety precautions
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) with V.A.G 1551 Scan Tool or Tester VAS 5051 (flow chart)
        • Electrical/electronic components and locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and locations
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) displayed by warning lights -K14-, -K47- and -K118-
        • ABS ITT Mk 20 IE On Board Diagnostic (OBD) program
          • ABS ITT Mk 20 IE On Board Diagnostic (OBD) program
          • V.A.G 1551 Scan Tool, connecting and selecting function
            • Notes
            • List of selectable functions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC), memory
          • Automatic test sequence
          • Vehicle Diagnosis, Testing and Information System VAS 5051, connecting and selecting ABS control module
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing and ending output
          • ABS control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
            • Coding table
          • Measured value block, reading
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • List of selectable display group numbers
            • Test sequence and test tables with measured values
              • Checking speed sensor allocation
              • Checking speed sensor
              • Checking brake light switch for ABS and ABS/EDL function
              • Checking data bus wiring
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Basic setting, initiating
        • ABS, ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR ITT Mark 20 IE, electrical check
          • ABS, ABS/EDL and ABS/EDL/ASR ITT Mark 20 IE, electrical check
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignment
            • Notes
            • Contact assignment of connectors for voltage supply and On Board Diagnostic (OBD) with V.A.G 1551 Scan Tool
            • Contact assignment of connector T25 wiring harness/ABS control module (w/EDL) -J104-
            • Test step overview
          • Test table
          • Brake light switch, adjusting
        • ABS Mark 60 On Board Diagnostic (OBD), vehicles from my 10.00
          • ABS Mark 60 On Board Diagnostic (OBD), vehicles from my 10.00
          • Function
          • Arrangement of ABS MARK 60
          • Technical data
          • Safety precautions and fundamental points regarding troubleshooting
          • Troubleshooting with V.A.G 1551 scan tool or tester VAS 5051 on ABS Mark 60 (flow chart)
        • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installing locations
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) displayed by warning lights -K47-, -K118- and -K155-
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) displayed by warning lights -K47-, -K118- and -K155-
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), performing
          • Test prerequisites for OBD
          • Safety precautions
          • Scan tool, connecting
          • V.A.G 1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting function
          • List of selectable functions
          • Automatic test sequence
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing and ending output
          • ABS control module, coding
          • Vehicle data label
            • Explanation of the PR. numbers on vehicle data label
            • Location of optional equipment number (PR No.) on vehicle data plate (arrow)
            • Table for ABS, coding
            • Table for ABS/EDL/ASR, coding
            • Table for ABS/EDL/ASR/ESP, coding
          • Measured value block, reading
            • Notes
            • Overview of selectable display group numbers
            • Test sequence and test tables with measured values
              • Checking speed sensor allocation
              • Checking speed sensor
              • Checking brake light switch, brake system warning lamp, ABS warning lamp and ASR/ESP warning lamp
              • Checking steering angle sensor, sensor for transverse acceleration and sender for rotation rate1)
              • Checking sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-1)
              • Checking brake pressure sensor 1)
              • Checking longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-1)
              • Checking data bus wiring
          • Basic setting, initiating
            • Notes
            • Display group number 01: Bleeding hydraulic unit
            • Display group number 40: switching off longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-
            • Display group number 60: zero compensation of steering angle sensor -G85-
            • Display group number 63: zero compensation of Sensor for transverse acceleration -G200-
            • Display group number 66: zero compensation for Sender 1 for brake booster -G201-
            • Display group number 69: zero compensation of longitudinal acceleration sensor -G251-
            • Display group number 93: activation of ESP driving test
          • Login procedure
        • Electrical check of Mark 60
          • Electrical check of Mark 60
          • Multi-pin connector with contact assignments
            • Notes
            • Test step overview
          • Test table (test steps 1 - 16)
          • Test table (test steps 17 - 23)
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • 5 SPD. Manual Transmission 02J (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Transmission identification
          • Transmission identification
          • Code letters, transmission allocation, ratios, capacities
        • Transmission layout
          • Transmission layout
        • Calculating overall ratio 'i'
          • Calculating overall ratio 'i'
        • General repair instructions
          • General repair instructions
      • 30 Clutch
        • Clutch control, servicing
          • Clutch control, servicing
          • Pedal cluster, assembly overview
          • Over-center spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Clutch pedal, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Hydraulic system, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Pry retainer -A- off in direction of arrow
            • Press master cylinder operating rod in retainer -A- in direction of arrow
          • Master cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Clutch system, bleeding
        • Clutch release mechanism, servicing
          • Clutch release mechanism, servicing
        • Clutch, servicing
          • Clutch, servicing
            • Notes
            • Centering clutch plate and removing and installing pressure plate
            • Checking ends of diaphragm spring
      • 34 Manual Transmission - Controls, Housing
        • Gear selector mechanism up to 05.99, servicing
          • Installation position of gear selector mechanism
          • Selector cables, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position - gear selector lever/relay lever actuating arm/balance weight
          • Selector mechanism, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Gear lever housing, servicing
            • Notes
            • Separating cover from gear shift knob and assembling to gear shift knob
          • Gear lever, servicing
            • Notes
            • Fitting cap
            • Removing and installing circlip
            • Removing lock plate for gate selector bracket and gear lever guide/gate selector housing
          • Gear selector mechanism up to 05.99, adjusting
        • Gear selector mechanism from 05.99, servicing
          • Installation position of gear selector mechanism
          • Selector lever knob and boot, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Separating cover from gear shift knob and assembling to gear shift knob
          • Gear lever and gear lever housing, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing and installing circlip
            • Installing spring
          • Selector cables, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position of transmission selector lever/relay lever
          • Selector mechanism, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Gear selector mechanism from 05.99, adjusting
        • Transmission, removing and installing
          • Transmission, removing and installing
          • Modifying support rails VW 457/1
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Transporting the transmission
            • Installing
            • Tightening torques
        • Gear oil, checking
          • Gear oil, checking
        • Transmission, disassembling and assembling
          • Overview
          • Assembly overview
          • Cover for transmission housing and 5th gear, removing and installing
          • Transmission housing and selector mechanism, removing and installing
          • Input shaft, output shaft (pinion shaft), differential and selector forks, removing and installing
          • Assembly sequence
            • Disassembling and assembling transmission housing cover, transmission housing, selector mechanism, input shaft, output shaft (pinion shaft), differential and selector forks
              • Notes
              • Disassembling
              • Assembling
              • Installation position 5th gear
              • Checking 5th gear synchro-ring
              • Installation position 5th gear synchro-hub/locking collar
              • 5th gear synchro-ring with cast locking pieces (arrows)
              • Installation position of dished spring for gear and 5th gear synchro-hub securing bolts
              • Adjusting 5th gear
        • Transmission housing and clutch housing, servicing
          • Transmission housing and clutch housing, servicing
            • Notes
            • Driving out needle roller bearing
            • Driving needle roller bearing in onto stop
            • Driving oil seal out of guide sleeve
            • Drive oil seal into guide sleeve onto stop
            • Pulling out starter bushing
            • Driving in starter bushing
            • Pry out sleeve with screwdriver
            • Pulling sleeve in
        • Transmission selector mechanism up to 05.99, disassembling and assembling
          • Transmission selector mechanism up to 05.99, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Removing ball sleeve from selector mechanism cover
            • Driving ball sleeve into selector mechanism cover
            • Installing oil seal onto stop
        • Transmission selector mechanism from 05.99, disassembling and assembling
          • Transmission selector mechanism from 05.99, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Removing ball sleeve from selector mechanism cover
            • Driving ball sleeve into selector mechanism cover
            • Installing oil seal onto stop
            • Revised selector cover and selector shaft
            • Revised selector shaft and selector cover
        • Selector forks, disassembling and assembling
          • Selector forks, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Identifying selector segments
            • Installing circlip
            • Removing bearing inner race
            • Pressing inner race in onto stop
            • Selector fork with selector segments installed
      • 35 Manual Transmission - Gears, Shafts
        • Input shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Pressing out tapered roller bearing outer race
          • Pressing in tapered roller bearing outer race
          • Pressing on tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Pressing off 4th gear with tapered roller bearing and sleeve
          • Pressing off 3rd gear
          • Pressing on 3rd gear
          • Pressing on 4th gear
          • Pressing on sleeve for needle roller bearing
          • 5th gear synchronizer
          • Assembling 5th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
        • Input shaft, adjusting
          • Input shaft, adjusting
          • Table of adjustment shims
          • Measurement check
        • Output shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Output shaft, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Pulling out small tapered roller bearing outer race
            • Pressing in small tapered roller bearing outer race
            • Pulling off small tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing on small tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing off 3rd and 4th gear synchro-hub/locking collar, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears with transmission housing needle roller bearing sleeve
            • Pulling off locking collar with synchro-hub via bearing support
            • Pulling off large tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing on large tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Checking synchro-ring for wear
            • Disassembling and assembling 1st and 2nd gear locking collar and synchro-hub
            • Assembling 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Installation position 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Pressing on 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Identifying 1st and 2nd gear synchro-rings
            • Distinguishing 1st and 2nd gear synchro-rings
            • Checking 2nd gear synchro-ring for wear
            • Installation position outer-ring
            • Checking inner ring for wear
            • Installation position synchro-ring (inner-ring) -A-
            • Installation position 2nd gear
            • Pressing on needle roller bearing sleeve for 3rd gear
            • Disassembling and assembling 3rd and 4th gear locking collar and synchro-hub
            • Assembling 3rd and 4th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Installation position 3rd and 4th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Pressing on 3rd and 4th gear synchro-hub with locking collar
            • Pressing on sleeve for 4th gear needle roller bearing
            • Pressing on sleeve for output shaft needle roller bearing
          • Modified 1st gear synchronization from transmission build date 02 05 0
            • Notes
            • Installation position of inner ring, outer ring and synchro-ring 1st gear:
            • Check inner ring 1st gear for wear
            • Check synchro-ring 1st gear and outer ring for wear
            • Assembling locking collar and locking pieces with 1st and 2nd gear synchro-hub
            • Installation position of locking collar/synchro-hub 1st and 2nd gear
        • Output shaft, adjusting
          • Output shaft, adjusting
        • Reverse shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Reverse shaft, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Pulling needle roller bearing out of clutch housing
            • Pressing needle roller bearing -A- into clutch housing
            • Pressing needle roller bearing out of reverse shaft support
            • Pressing needle roller bearing into reverse shaft support
      • 39 Final Drive, Differential
        • Flange shaft oil seals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Differential, disassembling and assembling
          • Differential, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Driving tapered roller bearing outer race out of clutch housing
            • Pressing tapered roller bearing outer race into clutch housing
            • Pulling off tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing on tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pulling tapered roller bearing outer race out of transmission housing
            • Pressing tapered roller bearing outer race into transmission housing
            • Both sides of differential housing are chamfered (arrow) to accept tapered rings/springs
            • Drilling out rivet heads
            • Pressing off final drive gear
            • Installation position of final drive gear
            • Heating final drive gear to approx. 100 ° C and installing
            • Bolting final drive gear and differential housing together
            • Removing and installing differential pinion shaft spring pin
            • Installing differential side gears and pinion gears
        • Adjustment overview
          • Adjustment overview
        • Differential
          • Differential, adjusting
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Charging Systems
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
      • Identification
        • Engine Code
      • Fuses
        • Fuse Color Identification
        • Fuse Panel Location
        • Fuse Panel Identification
          • Battery Fuse Panel
          • Main Fuse Panel
      • Relays
        • Relay Panel & THIRTEENFOLD Auxiliary Relay Panel
  • Gauges
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Convenience (Comfort) System - Vehicles With Power Windows
      • Model Application
      • Description & Operation
        • Convenience System
          • Notes
          • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered The Anti-Theft Alarm
          • Interior Monitoring System
          • System Active Indicator
      • Component Locations
      • Programming
        • Check Control Module Version
        • Coding Convenience System Control Module
      • Troubleshooting
        • Determining Which Source Has Possibly Triggered Anti-Theft Alarm
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (From June 2001)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Check DTC Memory
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (From June 2001)
        • Read Measuring Value Block
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • End Output
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Electrical Equipment - General Information (A4 Platform)
      • 27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • Battery, general information
          • Battery types
            • Notes
            • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator
            • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
          • Warnings and Safety Measures
            • Safe interaction with vehicle batteries
            • Battery safety label
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking
          • Absorbent Glass Mat battery (AGM battery), testing
          • Visual inspection
          • "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking color display
          • Battery, testing
            • Notes
            • Battery, testing with Midtronics Mcr340V Batt. Tester MCR340V
          • Battery no load voltage - vehicles in storage, checking
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Totally discharged batteries, charging
        • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System, activating and deactivating
      • 90 - Instruments
        • Instruments
      • 92 - Windshield wiper and washer system
        • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Front and rear window washer system
          • Headlamp cleaning system
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 - Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) lamps, usage and safety information
          • Notes
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Information on dangerous high voltage/currents
          • Information on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare
          • Assembly information for HID lamps
          • Disposal regulations for HID lamps
      • 96 - Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Lights, Lamps, Switches - Interior
      • 97 - Wiring
        • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A , connecting
        • Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Wiring harness repair kits
            • Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978
            • Upgrade Kit For VAS1978 VAS1978/50 (where applicable)
            • Wiring Harness Repair Set VAS1978A
            • Release Tool Set VAS1978/35
          • Tool descriptions
            • Crimp pliers with insert
            • Release tools for terminals
            • Assembly tools for single wire seals
            • Wire Stripper VAS1978/3
            • Hot Air Gun VAS1978/14
            • Crimping Pliers 0.35-2.5 mm ^2 VAS1978/1A (where applicable)
          • Vehicle electrical system, general repair notes
          • Wiring harnesses, repairing
            • Notes
            • Notes for wiring harness repairs
            • Airbag and seat belt tensioner wires, repairing
            • Fiber optic cables
            • Repairing CAN-Bus wires
            • Antenna wires, replacing
            • Wires with a cross-section up to 0.35 mm , repairing
            • Wire break with single repair point
            • Wire break with dual repair point
          • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs
            • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs, general information
            • Repairing terminals in terminal housing
            • Assembly of single wire seals
            • Repairing terminal housings with insulation displacement terminal
          • Terminal housings, releasing and disassembling
            • Notes on releasing and disassembling terminal housings
            • Secondary lock
            • Primary lock
            • Round connector systems
            • Flat connector systems
            • Special connector systems
              • Notes
              • Faston terminals:
              • GT 150/280 terminals:
              • Terminals without retaining tabs:
        • Repair Set VAS 6410
          • Repair Set VAS 6410 , using
            • Notes
            • Wiring eyelets, servicing
            • Threaded connections, servicing
            • Battery terminal clamp and battery terminal, cleaning
            • Protecting
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Electrical Equipment On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through m.y. 2001
          • Tools
          • VAS 5051 or VAG 1551, connecting
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
        • Instrument cluster through m.y. 1999, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender For Fuel Gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K-number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
          • Digital clock (Motometer - where applicable), correction
        • Instrument cluster m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Electrical and electronic components, locations
            • Notes
            • Sender for fuel gauge -G-
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17- (where applicable)
            • Speedometer Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) -G22-
          • Instrument cluster On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Instrument cluster 05.99 > 05.00, coding (function 07)
          • Instrument cluster 05.00 >, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 001
              • Evaluating display group 001
              • Display group 002
              • Evaluating display group 002
              • Display group 003
              • Evaluating display group 003
              • Display group 050
              • Evaluating display group 050
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
          • Adaptation (function 10)
            • Notes
            • Odometer, adaptation
            • Distance impulse number (K number), reading/confirming
            • Fuel gauge, checking
            • Fuel gauge, adaptation
            • Multi-function Indicator (MFI) fuel consumption indicator, adaptation
        • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- ('Gateway') m.y. 2000 through m.y. 2001, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
          • Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface, On Board Diagnostic (OBD), initiating & checking control module versions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Gateway, coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Display groups, interpreting
              • Display group 125
              • Evaluating display group 125
              • Display group 126
              • Evaluating display group 126
        • Anti-theft immobilizer, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • General information
  • Horns
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
  • Starter
    • Electrical Equipment - General Information (A4 Platform)
      • 27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • Battery, general information
          • Battery types
            • Notes
            • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator
            • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
          • Warnings and Safety Measures
            • Safe interaction with vehicle batteries
            • Battery safety label
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking
          • Absorbent Glass Mat battery (AGM battery), testing
          • Visual inspection
          • "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking color display
          • Battery, testing
            • Notes
            • Battery, testing with Midtronics Mcr340V Batt. Tester MCR340V
          • Battery no load voltage - vehicles in storage, checking
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Totally discharged batteries, charging
        • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System, activating and deactivating
      • 90 - Instruments
        • Instruments
      • 92 - Windshield wiper and washer system
        • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Front and rear window washer system
          • Headlamp cleaning system
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 - Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) lamps, usage and safety information
          • Notes
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Information on dangerous high voltage/currents
          • Information on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare
          • Assembly information for HID lamps
          • Disposal regulations for HID lamps
      • 96 - Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Lights, Lamps, Switches - Interior
      • 97 - Wiring
        • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A , connecting
        • Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Wiring harness repair kits
            • Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978
            • Upgrade Kit For VAS1978 VAS1978/50 (where applicable)
            • Wiring Harness Repair Set VAS1978A
            • Release Tool Set VAS1978/35
          • Tool descriptions
            • Crimp pliers with insert
            • Release tools for terminals
            • Assembly tools for single wire seals
            • Wire Stripper VAS1978/3
            • Hot Air Gun VAS1978/14
            • Crimping Pliers 0.35-2.5 mm ^2 VAS1978/1A (where applicable)
          • Vehicle electrical system, general repair notes
          • Wiring harnesses, repairing
            • Notes
            • Notes for wiring harness repairs
            • Airbag and seat belt tensioner wires, repairing
            • Fiber optic cables
            • Repairing CAN-Bus wires
            • Antenna wires, replacing
            • Wires with a cross-section up to 0.35 mm , repairing
            • Wire break with single repair point
            • Wire break with dual repair point
          • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs
            • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs, general information
            • Repairing terminals in terminal housing
            • Assembly of single wire seals
            • Repairing terminal housings with insulation displacement terminal
          • Terminal housings, releasing and disassembling
            • Notes on releasing and disassembling terminal housings
            • Secondary lock
            • Primary lock
            • Round connector systems
            • Flat connector systems
            • Special connector systems
              • Notes
              • Faston terminals:
              • GT 150/280 terminals:
              • Terminals without retaining tabs:
        • Repair Set VAS 6410
          • Repair Set VAS 6410 , using
            • Notes
            • Wiring eyelets, servicing
            • Threaded connections, servicing
            • Battery terminal clamp and battery terminal, cleaning
            • Protecting
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Starters
      • Description
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Starter Does Not Crank Engine
        • Starter Cranks Too Slowly To Start Engine
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Battery Disconnect Precautions
        • Starter
          • Removal & Installation (With 4-Speed Automatic 01M Transaxle & 5-Speed Manual 02J Transaxle)
          • Removal & Installation (With 5-Speed Automatic Transaxle, 09A)
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • Notes
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Cruise Control
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Starting/Charging
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 1.8L Turbo
        • 2.8L
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Specifications & Drive Belt Routing - 1.8L (Except PASSAT)
      • Engine Identification
      • Component Locations
        • Cooling System Identification
      • Draining, Filling & Bleeding
        • Cooling System Precautions
        • Draining, Filling & Bleeding Cooling System
          • Notes
          • 1.8L Turbo
      • Servicing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Blowers, Superchargers & Turbochargers
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • 1.8L - Turbocharger, G-Charger - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge Air System With Turbocharger, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Turbocharger With Attachments, Removing And Installing
          • Components Of Charge Air Cooler, Removing And Installing
        • Overview Plan Of Exhaust Turbocharging System
          • Overview plan of exhaust turbocharging system (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Overview plan of exhaust turbocharging system (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
        • Rules Of Cleanliness
        • Safety Precautions
        • Boost Pressure System, Checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
            • On dynamometer
            • While driving
              • Notes
              • Engine code AWD, AWW
              • Engine code AWP
              • Continuation for all vehicles
          • Wastegate bypass regulator valve, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Charge air pressure sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
            • Checking function
          • Recirculating valve for turbocharger, checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Vacuum diaphragm for wastegate bypass regulator valve, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
        • Deceleration Shut-Off Valve, Checking
          • Recommended special tools and equipment
          • Test requirement
          • Test sequence
  • Cooling Fan
    • 1.8L - Cooling System - AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Cooling System Components, Removing And Installing
        • Notes
        • Cooling System Components (Body Side)
        • Cooling System Components (Engine Side)
        • Coolant Hose Connection Diagram
          • Only vehicles with engine code AWD
          • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
          • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
        • Cooling System, Draining And Filling
          • Notes
          • Draining
          • Filling
          • Continuation for all vehicles
        • Radiator, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Additional information and removal work on vehicles with air conditioner
        • Coolant Pump, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Thermostat, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • After-Run Coolant Pump, Checking
          • Notes
          • Check conditions
          • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • 1.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition, Engine Code(S): AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), features
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Notes
            • Selectable functions (modes) under address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • Exhaust gas warning lamp MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp), significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) warning lamp in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • VAG1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS5051 , connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • DTC memory (functions 02 and 05), checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG4094 to 17088
          • DTCs P1102 to P1238, VAG17510 to 18570
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03), performing
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Activating evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve N80 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) solenoid valve N112 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) pump relay J299 :
            • If the LED does not flash but the secondary air injection pump relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and secondary air injection pump relay does not click:
            • Activating Wastegate bypass regulator valve N75 :
            • Activate Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • Activating leak detection pump (LDP) V144 :
            • Activating Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249
        • Readiness code
          • Readiness code
          • Readiness code, reading
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code for engine code AWP, generating
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Test conditions
          • Readiness code for engine code AWW, generating
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Measuring Value Block
          • Safety precautions
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 0 to 9 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 1 (Basic functions)
            • Significance of 8-digit number block for readiness code
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)
            • Display group 2 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Air mass drawn in
            • Display group 3 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Display group 4 (Basic functions)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature
            • Display group 5 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 6 (Basic functions)
            • Only engine code AWP with automatic transmission:
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 10 to 29 (Ignition)
            • Display group 10 (Ignition)
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle
            • Display group 14 (Ignition) Misfire recognition
            • Display group 15 -Ignition- Misfire recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 -Ignition- misfire recognition Cyl.
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 22 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Display group 23 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition
            • Display group 28 (Ignition) knock control
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 30 to 49, 99, 107 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Display group 30 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zones 1 and 2
            • Display group 32 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Evaluating display zone 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Display group 33 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor control values
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - oxygen sensor regulator before catalyst
            • Display group 34 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic before catalyst (checking age via cycle duration monitoring)
            • Display group 36 (oxygen sensor control) Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen sensor voltage, oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Display group 37 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor - dwell period test
            • Display group 41 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor heating
            • Display group 43 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic after catalyst (ageing check)
            • Display group 46 (oxygen sensor control) Catalyst diagnostic (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 -Oxygen sensor control - oxygen sensor operating condition
            • Display group 107 -Oxygen sensor control- Diagnostic of fuel system
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 50 to 69 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 50 (Speed regulation) Operating condition
            • Display group 54 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 55 (Speed regulation) Idling stabilization
            • Significance of 5 digit number block
            • Display group 56 (Speed regulation) Idling speed stabilization
            • Display group 60 (Speed regulation) Adaptation EPC system * See note
            • Display group 61 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Display group 62 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP and cruise control system (CCS)
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 2, brake and cruise control switch
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 4, cruise control switch
            • Display group 66 -Cruise control system
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 2, brakes, clutch and CCS switches position
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 4, CCS control switches
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 70 to 79 (emission reduction)
            • Display group 70 (emission reduction) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system diagnostic (fuel tank venting system)
            • Display group 71 -Exhaust reduction- Leak diagnostic system
            • Display group 77 (emission reduction) Secondary air system diagnostic
          • Measured value blocks, evaluating display groups 86 to 89, 100 (Readiness code)
            • Display group 89 -Trip odometer- Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 (Readiness code)
            • Significance of 8 digit number block for readiness code
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 90 to 97 (Performance increase)
            • Display group 91 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
            • Display group 94 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 110 to 119 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 111 - Charge pressure control - adaptation valves for boost pressure limitation
            • Display group 113 - Charge pressure control
            • Evaluating display group 113, display zone 4 - atmospheric pressure
            • Display group 114 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 115 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 116 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 117 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 118 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 119 (Charge pressure control)
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 120 to 129 (Communication)
            • Display group 120 -Traction control -ASR-
            • Display group 122 -Transmission (automatic only)
            • Display group 125 -Communication -data bus messages-
            • Display group 126 -Communication -data bus messages-
      • 24 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor G28 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Notes
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
          • Idling speed, adapting
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Possible causes of malfunction if sensor control frequency is too slow:
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Notes
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • If resistance measurement is outside specified range:
            • If resistance value is within specified range:
      • 28 Ignition/Glow plug system
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor G40 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
              • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
    • 1.8L - Generic Scan Tool, Engine Code(S): AWP, AWW, AWD (A4 Platform)
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel Supply System
          • Fuel Supply System
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, checking
          • Checking fuel pressure
          • Checking fuel delivery
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • EVAP system, leak detection
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister system, checking for proper seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 , checking
        • Electronic engine power control (EPC)
          • Function of "EPC" system
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Turbocharger
          • Turbocharger
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
        • Charge air system
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 before catalytic converter, heater circuit checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , heater circuit checking
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking Ground (GND)
            • Checking electrical circuit
            • Final procedures
          • Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display is approx. - 40.0 ° C
            • Testing if display approx. 140.0 ° C
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display approx. -40 ° C or approx. -46 ° C:
            • Testing if display approx. 140 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , checking
          • Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33 , checking
        • Function tests
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter, checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220
          • Function
          • Voltage supply, checking
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , replacing
          • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 , checking
        • Additional signals (engine), checking
          • Speed Signal, checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, checking
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Principle and function
          • Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), checking function and proper seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- , checking
      • 28 - Ignition/Glow plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 Engine codes AWP, AWW Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 Engine code AWD, checking
          • Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking (Engine Code AWP)
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 / Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , checking
          • Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292 , checking
      • 38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls
        • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G38 , checking
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Electrical components for 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A with Tiptronic, checking
          • Notes
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , checking
          • Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor G265 , checking
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G68 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217
          • Function
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , voltage supply, checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 voltage supply checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing
            • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09G
        • Additional signals (Automatic Transmission), checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
      • ST - Generic Scan Tool
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Generic Scan Tool (GST) Manual Contents
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) Systems
          • Serial Data Link (MIL) Illumination
          • Controller Area Network (CAN) Data Link
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp
        • Diagnostic modes
          • Diagnostic Modes Description
          • Diagnostic Mode 01: Obtain data
          • Diagnostic Mode 02: Obtain operating conditions
          • Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory
          • Interrogating the Fault Memory
          • Diagnostic Mode 04: Reset/delete diagnostic data
          • Diagnostic Mode 05: Check lambda test results
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
          • Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 1
            • Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function Check
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test
          • Diagnostic Mode 07: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored
          • Diagnostic Mode 08: Tank leak test
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
          • Diagnostic Mode 09: Vehicle information
        • General Diagnosis
          • Preliminary check
        • Readiness Code
          • Readiness Code Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) tables
          • SAE P0xxx DTCs
          • SAE P1xxx-DTCs
          • SAE P2xxx DTCs
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • 1.8L - Cooling System - AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Cooling System Components, Removing And Installing
        • Notes
        • Cooling System Components (Body Side)
        • Cooling System Components (Engine Side)
        • Coolant Hose Connection Diagram
          • Only vehicles with engine code AWD
          • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
          • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
        • Cooling System, Draining And Filling
          • Notes
          • Draining
          • Filling
          • Continuation for all vehicles
        • Radiator, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Additional information and removal work on vehicles with air conditioner
        • Coolant Pump, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Thermostat, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • After-Run Coolant Pump, Checking
          • Notes
          • Check conditions
          • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • Specifications & Drive Belt Routing - 1.8L (Except PASSAT)
      • Engine Identification
      • Component Locations
        • Cooling System Identification
      • Draining, Filling & Bleeding
        • Cooling System Precautions
        • Draining, Filling & Bleeding Cooling System
          • Notes
          • 1.8L Turbo
      • Servicing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Exhaust
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • 1.8L - Exhaust System, Emission Controls - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Exhaust System, Emission Controls
        • Exhaust System Components, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Separation point at exhaust pipe
          • Installing muffler free of tension
          • Installation position of double clamp
          • Installation position of muffler suspension
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Function test
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system components, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-(arrow)
          • Checking secondary air system for proper seal
            • Function test
            • Checking Proper Seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) valve, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump motor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Combination valve, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Turbocharger, G-Charger - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge Air System With Turbocharger, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Turbocharger With Attachments, Removing And Installing
          • Components Of Charge Air Cooler, Removing And Installing
        • Overview Plan Of Exhaust Turbocharging System
          • Overview plan of exhaust turbocharging system (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Overview plan of exhaust turbocharging system (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
        • Rules Of Cleanliness
        • Safety Precautions
        • Boost Pressure System, Checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
            • On dynamometer
            • While driving
              • Notes
              • Engine code AWD, AWW
              • Engine code AWP
              • Continuation for all vehicles
          • Wastegate bypass regulator valve, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Charge air pressure sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
            • Checking function
          • Recirculating valve for turbocharger, checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Vacuum diaphragm for wastegate bypass regulator valve, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
        • Deceleration Shut-Off Valve, Checking
          • Recommended special tools and equipment
          • Test requirement
          • Test sequence
  • Fuel System
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • 1.8L - Fuel Supply - AWD, AWP, AWW (A4 Platform)
      • Fuel Supply
        • Fuel Supply System Components, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel pump flange
            • Checking change-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, removing and installing
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Check fuel pump
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking function and voltage supply
            • Checking fuel delivery
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
        • EVAP canister system
          • Function of leak diagnostic
          • Parts of EVAP canister system, removing and installing
          • Overview of EVAP canister system
          • EVAP canister system, checking for proper seal
            • Function test
            • Checking Proper Seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP)
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
        • Electronic engine power control (E-Gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Function of E -Gas system
        • Servicing parts of the electronic engine power regulation (E-gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Notes
          • Check Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster
            • Significance of EPC warning lamp
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Function
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Fuel injection, servicing
          • General Notes on Fuel Injection
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Parts of fuel injection system, removing and installing
          • Air filter, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with fuel injectors, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Safety precautions
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Checking components
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Continuation for all vehicles
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
              • Notes
              • Voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
              • Checking signal and Ground wires of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Check resistance
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Check Engine Speed (RPM) sensor
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Overview
              • Resistance values of fuel injectors, checking
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Activation and voltage supply, checking
              • Checking fuel injectors for injection quantity and proper seal
            • Test requirement
            • Checking Proper Seal
            • Checking Injection Quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Checking intake system for leaks (unmetered air)
            • Checking with engine leak detection spray
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
        • Function tests
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Oxygen Sensor and oxygen sensor control behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Notes
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Function
          • Voltage supply for Engine Control Module (ECM), checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
              • Notes
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
              • Notes
              • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Replacing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Procedure
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Speed signal, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Checking signal from clutch vacuum vent valve switch
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with 2-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Vehicles with 4-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Continuation for all vehicles
          • Terminal resistance for CAN-Bus, checking
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Multi Port Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
          • Components, checking
            • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor - G42-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
            • Idling speed, adapting
              • Notes
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions:
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Special tools equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Only engine code AWP
            • Only engine code AWW
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission only
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Function
            • Test conditions
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
  • Lubrication System
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
  • Mechanical
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical - 4-CYL. 5V Turbo - AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Technical data
        • Engine number
        • Engine data
      • Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Special Tools And Equipment
        • Removal notes
        • Engine, securing to assembly stand
        • Installation notes
        • Tightening torques
        • Engine and transmission mounts, aligning
          • Engine mount
          • Transmission mount
        • Assembly mounts
          • Notes
          • Engine assembly mount
          • Transmission assembly mount
          • Pendulum support
        • Additional information and removal instructions for vehicles with air conditioning
      • Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Part I
          • Part II
        • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Special tools and equipment
          • Removing ribbed belt
          • Installing ribbed belt
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Sealing flanges and drive plate, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft oil seal (belt pulley end), replacing
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley end), removing and installing
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Loosening and tightening drive plate
            • Installing drive plate
        • Crankshaft, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Color markings
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Pistons and connecting rods, disassembling and assembling
          • Vehicles with engine code: AWD
            • Notes
            • Checking Piston Ring Gap
              • Checking Piston Ring End Gap
              • Checking Piston Ring To Groove Clearance
              • Checking Piston
              • Checking Cylinder Bores
            • Piston and cylinder dimensions
          • engine codes: AWP, AWW
            • Notes
            • Checking Piston Ring Gap
              • Checking Piston Ring End Gap
              • Checking Ring To Groove Clearance
              • Checking Piston
              • Bearing shells - installation position
              • Checking Cylinder Bores
            • Piston and cylinder dimensions
      • Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head, removing and installing
          • Overview
          • Notes
          • Requirements
          • Work sequence
          • Installing
        • Checking Cylinder Head For Distortion
        • Toothed belts, removing, installing and tensioning
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Tensioning toothed belt
        • Compression pressure, checking
          • Notes
          • Test conditions
          • Work sequence
          • Vehicles with engine code AWD
          • Vehicles with engine codes AWP, AWW
          • Continued for all vehicles
        • Valve train, servicing
          • Notes
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft oil seal, replacing
            • Removing and installing camshaft sprocket oil seal
            • Removing oil seal on camshaft sprocket
            • Installing
            • Removing oil seal on Camshaft Position sensor
            • Removing
            • Installing PTFE seal
            • Installing seal with annular spring
            • Continued for all seals
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Only vehicles with engine codes: AWP, AWW
            • Engine code AWW
            • Engine code AWP
            • Continuation for all vehicles
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • Engine - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Lubrication system
          • Oil Dipstick
          • Oil filter, disassembling and assembling
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
  • Starter
    • Electrical Equipment - General Information (A4 Platform)
      • 27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • Battery, general information
          • Battery types
            • Notes
            • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator
            • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
          • Warnings and Safety Measures
            • Safe interaction with vehicle batteries
            • Battery safety label
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery with "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking
          • Absorbent Glass Mat battery (AGM battery), testing
          • Visual inspection
          • "Magic Eye" charge indicator, checking color display
          • Battery, testing
            • Notes
            • Battery, testing with Midtronics Mcr340V Batt. Tester MCR340V
          • Battery no load voltage - vehicles in storage, checking
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Totally discharged batteries, charging
        • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System (CCS)
          • Cruise Control System, activating and deactivating
      • 90 - Instruments
        • Instruments
      • 92 - Windshield wiper and washer system
        • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Washer Hose Couplings
          • Front and rear window washer system
          • Headlamp cleaning system
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 - Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • High Intensity Gas Discharge (HID) lamps, usage and safety information
          • Notes
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Information on dangerous high voltage/currents
          • Information on pressure, temperature and radiation/glare
          • Assembly information for HID lamps
          • Disposal regulations for HID lamps
      • 96 - Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Lights, Lamps, Switches - Interior
      • 97 - Wiring
        • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information Systems
          • Diagnostic Operation System VAS5051A , connecting
        • Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Wiring harness repair kits
            • Wiring Harness Repair Kit VAS1978
            • Upgrade Kit For VAS1978 VAS1978/50 (where applicable)
            • Wiring Harness Repair Set VAS1978A
            • Release Tool Set VAS1978/35
          • Tool descriptions
            • Crimp pliers with insert
            • Release tools for terminals
            • Assembly tools for single wire seals
            • Wire Stripper VAS1978/3
            • Hot Air Gun VAS1978/14
            • Crimping Pliers 0.35-2.5 mm ^2 VAS1978/1A (where applicable)
          • Vehicle electrical system, general repair notes
          • Wiring harnesses, repairing
            • Notes
            • Notes for wiring harness repairs
            • Airbag and seat belt tensioner wires, repairing
            • Fiber optic cables
            • Repairing CAN-Bus wires
            • Antenna wires, replacing
            • Wires with a cross-section up to 0.35 mm , repairing
            • Wire break with single repair point
            • Wire break with dual repair point
          • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs
            • Terminal housing and harness connector repairs, general information
            • Repairing terminals in terminal housing
            • Assembly of single wire seals
            • Repairing terminal housings with insulation displacement terminal
          • Terminal housings, releasing and disassembling
            • Notes on releasing and disassembling terminal housings
            • Secondary lock
            • Primary lock
            • Round connector systems
            • Flat connector systems
            • Special connector systems
              • Notes
              • Faston terminals:
              • GT 150/280 terminals:
              • Terminals without retaining tabs:
        • Repair Set VAS 6410
          • Repair Set VAS 6410 , using
            • Notes
            • Wiring eyelets, servicing
            • Threaded connections, servicing
            • Battery terminal clamp and battery terminal, cleaning
            • Protecting
    • Electrical Equipment (A4 Platform)
      • 27 Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise control
        • Battery
          • Battery
          • General information
          • Battery types
          • Warnings and Safety Measures for lead-acid batteries
          • Battery post/terminal, handling instructions
        • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking
          • Battery, checking procedure
          • Visual check
          • Low maintenance batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Identification
            • Charge indicator, readings
            • Electrolyte level, checking
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Maintenance free batteries with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Batteries without charge indicator (magic eye), checking
            • Notes
            • Electrolyte level, checking (batteries without charge indicator)
            • Electrolyte level too low
            • Electrolyte level too high
          • Specific gravity, checking
          • No load voltage, checking
          • Battery, testing
        • Battery, charging
          • Battery, charging
          • Battery charger, connecting
          • Charging totally discharged batteries
        • Battery, disconnecting and reconnecting
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, disconnecting and reconnecting
            • Notes
            • Battery, disconnecting
            • Battery, reconnecting
            • Work steps required after reconnecting battery
        • Battery, removing and installing
          • Battery with fastened fuse holder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Battery, removing
            • Battery, installing
          • Battery with clipped fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery, tightening torques
          • Battery, tightening torques
        • Starter
          • General information
          • Starter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Starter - vehicles with manual transmission or automatic transmission 01M, removing
            • Installing
            • Starter - vehicles with automatic transmission 09A, removing
        • Starter, tightening torques
          • Starter, tightening torques
        • Generator (GEN)
          • General information
        • Generator (GEN) through 04.99
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
        • Generator (GEN) from 05.99
          • General information
          • Generator (GEN) B+ & D+ connections, securing
          • Voltage Regulator (VR), removing and installing
          • Generator (GEN) carbon brushes, checking
          • Generator (GEN) from 06.00
          • Ribbed belt, checking
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 6-cylinder gasoline engines
          • 6-cylinder engines through 04.99, assembly
          • 6-cylinder engines from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines with power steering from 05.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor through 04.99, assembly
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine with power steering and A/C compressor from 05.99, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
        • Generator (GEN) - 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engine, assembly
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ribbed belt, routing
          • Generator (GEN) ribbed belt pulley, replacing
          • Ribbed belt pulley with freewheel, installing
        • Generator (GEN), tightening torques
          • All engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 6-cylinder gasoline engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI engines, tightening torques
          • 4-cylinder TDI - PD engines, tightening torques
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001
          • General information
          • Cruise Control System (CCS) through m.y. 2001, servicing
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST), connecting and selecting functions
            • Test sequence
            • 1.8L Turbo and 2.8L VR6 & 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG)
            • 2.0L (code AEG)
            • 1.9L TDI
          • Cruise control system - 1.9L TDI, activating
          • Cruise control system - 1.8L Turbo, 2.0L (codes AVH & AZG) and 2.8L VR6, activating
        • Cruise Control System (CCS) from m.y. 2002
          • General information
      • 90 Instruments
        • Instrument cluster
          • General information
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Additional information, instrument clusters from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • Notes on replacing instrument cluster
            • Additional information:
          • Instrument cluster from m.y. 2000, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051/5052, connecting
          • Instrument cluster, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Instrument cluster, rear view
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments through m.y. 1999
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32-, blue
            • 32-pin multi-pin connector -T32a-, green
          • Instrument cluster multi-pin connector assignments from m.y. 2000
            • Notes
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32-, blue
            • 32 pin multi-connector -T32a-, green
      • 92 Windshield wiper & washer system
        • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper system
          • Windshield wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Windshield wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper arms, removing
            • Cowl panel, removing
            • Wiper assembly, removing
            • Wiper motor, removing from frame
            • Wiper motor, installing in frame
            • Wiper assembly, installing
          • Windshield wiper arms, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wiper blade park position, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
          • "Aero-wiper" blades, removing and installing
          • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
          • Windshield wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer system
          • Front and rear window washer system, overview
          • Window & headlight washer system reservoir, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Windshield Washer Pump -V5-, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, removing and installing
          • Windshield washer jets, checking and adjusting
        • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system
          • Rear window wiper & washer system, assembly
          • Rear window wiper assembly, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Wiper arm, removing
            • Rear window wiper motor -V12-, removing
            • Installing
            • Wiper arm, installing
          • Rear window wiper rest position, adjusting
          • Rear window washer jet, replacing
          • Rear window washer jets, adjusting
          • Wiper rubber, removing and installing
        • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
          • Rear window wiper system, tightening torques
        • Washer hoses, repairing
          • Washer hoses, repairing
          • General information
          • Smooth hoses, repairing
          • Corrugated hoses, repairing
      • 94 Lights, Switches - Exterior
        • Headlights - Golf
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Low Beam Headlight bulb -M29- / -M31-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • High Beam Headlight bulb -M30- / -M32-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Parking Light bulb -M1- / M3-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Turn Signal bulb -M5- / -M7-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Headlights - Jetta
          • General information
          • Headlights, assembly
          • Headlights, removing and installing
          • Headlight bulbs, replacing
            • Headlight Bulb (dual filament low/high beam) -L1- / -L2-, replacing
            • Parking Light/Turn Signal (dual filament) bulb, replacing
            • Fog Light bulb -L22- / -L23-, replacing
          • Headlight securing lugs, servicing
          • Headlight beam adjusting motor, removing and installing
          • Headlights, adjusting
        • Side mounted turn signals
          • Side mounted turn signals, removing and installing
        • Rear lights
          • Rear lights - Golf, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta, assembly
          • Rear lights - Jetta Wagon, assembly
          • Rear light housing - Golf, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light housing - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear light bulb holder - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Rear lights, tightening torques
          • Rear lights, tightening torques
        • License plate lights
          • License plate light, removing and installing
        • High-mount brake light
          • High-mount brake light - Golf, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • High-mount brake light - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Steering column switches
          • Steering column switches, removing and installing
          • Horn contact plate, removing and installing
          • Steering column switches, multi-pin connector assignments
        • Ignition/starter switch and lock cylinder
          • Lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, removing and installing
          • Ignition/starter switch, connector assignments
      • 96 Lights, Switches - Interior, Anti-theft
        • Interior lights and switches
          • Light Switch -E1-, removing and installing
          • Instrument Panel Light Dimmer/Switch -E20-, removing and installing
          • Sunroof Regulator -E139-, removing and installing
          • Front Interior Light -W1-, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in driver's door, removing and installing
          • Power Window Regulator Switches in front passenger's door/rear doors, removing and installing
          • Mirror Adjustment Switch -E43- with Mirror Adjustment Selection Switch -E48-, removing and installing
          • Switches in instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Heated seat adjusters, removing and installing
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch -E15-, Emergency Flasher Switch -E3- and ASR/ESP Switch, removing and installing
          • Door Warning Lights -M27- & -M28-, removing and installing
          • Door contact switches, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light Switch -F5-, removing and installing
          • Glove Box Light -W6-, removing and installing
          • Rear Reading Lights -W11- & -W12-, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Golf/Jetta, removing and installing
          • Luggage Compartment Light -W3- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
          • Remote Fuel Filler Flap Release Switch -E204-, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta, removing and installing
          • Rear Lid Handle Unlock Switch -E234- - Jetta Wagon, removing and installing
        • Anti-theft Immobilizer
          • General information
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer On Board Diagnostic (OBD), function
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051, connecting
          • Anti-theft Immobilizer control module, removing and installing
          • Induction Coil of Anti-theft Immobilizer -D2-, removing and installing
          • Transponder (key)
      • 97 Wiring
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers
          • Fuse holder, removing and installing
          • Relay plate and 13 position relay carrier, removing and installing
          • A-pillar coupling station
          • Fuse holder on battery, removing and installing
          • Protective housing for relays in engine compartment, removing and installing
          • Cable channel in engine compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Protective housing in plenum chamber, removing and installing
        • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
          • Fuse holder and relay carriers, tightening torques
        • Wiring harnesses and connectors, repairing
          • Safety measures
          • Electrical system, general repair measures
          • Wiring harnesses and connectors, general repair measures
          • CAN-Bus wiring, repair measures
          • VAS 1978 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
        • Antenna cables, replacing
          • Antenna cables, replacing
          • General information
          • Antenna cable repair system, assembly overview
          • Antenna connector cable, replacing
    • Starters
      • Description
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Preliminary Inspection
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Starter Does Not Crank Engine
        • Starter Cranks Too Slowly To Start Engine
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Battery Disconnect Precautions
        • Starter
          • Removal & Installation (With 4-Speed Automatic 01M Transaxle & 5-Speed Manual 02J Transaxle)
          • Removal & Installation (With 5-Speed Automatic Transaxle, 09A)
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
  • Timing Belt
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Engine Control Systems
    • 2.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition [BDF] - [01-On Board Diagnostic]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) features
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp K132
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) K83
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Control module identification
              • Notes
              • Functions which can be selected when using the VAG1551 /1552 or VAS5051 scan tools
              • Selecting functions (mode) via address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • VAG1551 and Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220, connecting and selecting
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • VAS5051 and Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220, connecting and selecting
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • DTC memory
          • DTC memory
          • DTC memory, checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
        • DTC table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTC table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG16394 to 17088
        • DTC table: SAE P1 codes
          • DTCs P1047 to P 1912, VAG 17455 to 18322
        • DTC table: SAE P2 codes
          • DTCs P2101 to P2138, VAG 18533 to 18570
        • DTC table: SAE P3 codes
          • DTCs P 3211 to P 3266, VAG 19667 to 19722
        • Output Diagnosis Test Mode (DTM)
          • Output Diagnosis Test Mode (DTM), performing
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
            • 1. Activating Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 :
            • 2. Activating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 :
            • 3. Activating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 :
            • If LED does not flash but Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay does not click:
            • 4. Activating Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 :
            • 5. Activating Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • 6. Activating Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 :
            • 7. Activating Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 :
            • 8. Activating Brake System Vacuum Pump V192 (only vehicles with an automatic transmission):
            • 9...14. Activating fuel injectors (-N30-... N33, N83 and N84):
        • Readiness code
          • Function
          • Read readiness code
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Generating readiness code
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code, generating (overview)
        • Measured value (data) blocks
          • Safety precautions
          • Read measured value (data) block
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Work sequence
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 - Basic functions, evaluating
            • Display group 1 - Basic functions
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idle speed)
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 4 - Adjustment conditions
            • Display group 2 - Basic functions - Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Mass Air Flow (MAF)
            • Display group 3 - Basic function - Mass Air Flow (MAF)
            • Display group 4 - Basic functions
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature (IAT)
            • Display group 5 - Basic function
            • Display group 6 - Basic function
            • Display group 8 - Basic functions - Brake System Vacuum Pump (automatic transmission only)
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 - Ignition, evaluating
            • Display group 10 - Ignition
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle, Angle sensor - 1 - for throttle drive
            • Display group 14 - Ignition - Misfire detection
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 15 - Ignition - Misfire detection cyl. 1 to cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 - Ignition - Misfire detection cyl. 4 to cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display group 15, display zones 1 to 3 or display group 16, display zones 1 to 3 - Ignition misfires cyl. 1 to cyl. 6
            • Display group 20 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 1 to cyl. 4
            • Display group 21 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 5 and cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display group 20, display zones 1 to 4 and display group 21, display zones 1 and 2 - Ignition timing retardation cyl. 1 to cyl. 6
            • Display group 22 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 1 and cyl. 2
            • Display group 23 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 3 and cyl. 4
            • Display group 24 - Ignition - Knock control cyl. 5 and cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display groups 22 to 24, display zones 3 and 4 - Ignition timing retardation cyl. 1 to 6
            • Display group 28 - Ignition - Knock control
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 30...33, 99 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control, evaluating
            • Display group 30 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control
            • Significance of characters in 3 digit number block, display zones 1 and 2 - Status of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before and after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 31 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control constantly operating Oxygen Sensors
            • Display group 32 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 33 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 2 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 34 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluation of display group 34, display zone 4 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 36 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) (operational readiness)
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) voltage, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 2 - Diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 41 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) heating
            • Display group 43 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluation of display group 43, display zone 4 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 46 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) diagnosis (conversion test)
            • Evaluating display group 46, display zone 4 - Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) diagnosis (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control operating condition
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 - Speed control, Evaluating
            • Display group 50 - Speed control - Operating condition
            • Display group 54 - Speed control
            • Display group 55 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Significance of figures in 5 digit number block, display zone 4 - Operating conditions
            • Display group 56 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Display group 57 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Display group 60 - Speed control - Electronic power control (EPC) system adaptation
            • Display group 61 - Speed control - Electronic Power Control system
            • Display group 62 - Speed control - Electronic Power Control system
            • Display group 66 - Speed control - Additional signals
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 2 - Switch positions
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 4 - CCS controls switch
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 70...77 - Reducing emissions, evaluating
            • Display group 70 - Reducing emissions - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system regulator valve diagnosis (Fuel Tank ventilation system)
            • Evaluating display group 70, display zone 4 - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system regulator valve diagnosis (Fuel Tank ventilation system)
            • Display group 71 - Reducing emissions - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system diagnosis (leak diagnosis)
            • Evaluating display group 71, display zone 4 - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister diagnosis (leak diagnosis)
            • Display group 77 - Reducing emissions - Secondary air system diagnosis
            • Evaluating display group 77, display zone 4 - Secondary air system diagnosis
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 86...89, 100 - Readiness code, evaluating
            • Display group 86 - Readiness code
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 1 - Readiness code
            • Display group 89 - Distance recorder - Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 - Readiness code
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 90...96 - Performance improvement, evaluating
            • Display group 90 - Performance improvement - Exhaust camshaft timing adjustment
            • Display group 91 - Performance improvement - Inlet camshaft continuously variable timing adjustment
            • Display group 95 - Performance improvement - Variable intake manifold change over
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 120...129 - Communication, evaluating
            • Display group 125 - Communication - Can-bus messages
  • Fuel Delivery
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • 1.8L - Fuel Supply - AWD, AWP, AWW (A4 Platform)
      • Fuel Supply
        • Fuel Supply System Components, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel pump flange
            • Checking change-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, removing and installing
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Check fuel pump
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking function and voltage supply
            • Checking fuel delivery
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
        • EVAP canister system
          • Function of leak diagnostic
          • Parts of EVAP canister system, removing and installing
          • Overview of EVAP canister system
          • EVAP canister system, checking for proper seal
            • Function test
            • Checking Proper Seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP)
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
        • Electronic engine power control (E-Gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Function of E -Gas system
        • Servicing parts of the electronic engine power regulation (E-gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Notes
          • Check Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster
            • Significance of EPC warning lamp
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Function
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Fuel injection, servicing
          • General Notes on Fuel Injection
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Parts of fuel injection system, removing and installing
          • Air filter, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with fuel injectors, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Safety precautions
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Checking components
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Continuation for all vehicles
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
              • Notes
              • Voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
              • Checking signal and Ground wires of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Check resistance
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Check Engine Speed (RPM) sensor
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Overview
              • Resistance values of fuel injectors, checking
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Activation and voltage supply, checking
              • Checking fuel injectors for injection quantity and proper seal
            • Test requirement
            • Checking Proper Seal
            • Checking Injection Quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Checking intake system for leaks (unmetered air)
            • Checking with engine leak detection spray
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
        • Function tests
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Oxygen Sensor and oxygen sensor control behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Notes
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Function
          • Voltage supply for Engine Control Module (ECM), checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
              • Notes
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
              • Notes
              • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Replacing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Procedure
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Speed signal, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Checking signal from clutch vacuum vent valve switch
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with 2-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Vehicles with 4-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Continuation for all vehicles
          • Terminal resistance for CAN-Bus, checking
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Multi Port Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
          • Components, checking
            • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor - G42-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
            • Idling speed, adapting
              • Notes
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions:
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Special tools equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Only engine code AWP
            • Only engine code AWW
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission only
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Function
            • Test conditions
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
  • Ignition System
    • 1.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition, Engine Code(S): AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), features
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Notes
            • Selectable functions (modes) under address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • Exhaust gas warning lamp MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp), significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) warning lamp in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • VAG1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS5051 , connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • DTC memory (functions 02 and 05), checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG4094 to 17088
          • DTCs P1102 to P1238, VAG17510 to 18570
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03), performing
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Activating evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve N80 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) solenoid valve N112 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) pump relay J299 :
            • If the LED does not flash but the secondary air injection pump relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and secondary air injection pump relay does not click:
            • Activating Wastegate bypass regulator valve N75 :
            • Activate Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • Activating leak detection pump (LDP) V144 :
            • Activating Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249
        • Readiness code
          • Readiness code
          • Readiness code, reading
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code for engine code AWP, generating
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Test conditions
          • Readiness code for engine code AWW, generating
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Measuring Value Block
          • Safety precautions
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 0 to 9 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 1 (Basic functions)
            • Significance of 8-digit number block for readiness code
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)
            • Display group 2 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Air mass drawn in
            • Display group 3 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Display group 4 (Basic functions)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature
            • Display group 5 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 6 (Basic functions)
            • Only engine code AWP with automatic transmission:
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 10 to 29 (Ignition)
            • Display group 10 (Ignition)
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle
            • Display group 14 (Ignition) Misfire recognition
            • Display group 15 -Ignition- Misfire recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 -Ignition- misfire recognition Cyl.
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 22 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Display group 23 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition
            • Display group 28 (Ignition) knock control
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 30 to 49, 99, 107 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Display group 30 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zones 1 and 2
            • Display group 32 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Evaluating display zone 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Display group 33 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor control values
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - oxygen sensor regulator before catalyst
            • Display group 34 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic before catalyst (checking age via cycle duration monitoring)
            • Display group 36 (oxygen sensor control) Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen sensor voltage, oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Display group 37 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor - dwell period test
            • Display group 41 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor heating
            • Display group 43 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic after catalyst (ageing check)
            • Display group 46 (oxygen sensor control) Catalyst diagnostic (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 -Oxygen sensor control - oxygen sensor operating condition
            • Display group 107 -Oxygen sensor control- Diagnostic of fuel system
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 50 to 69 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 50 (Speed regulation) Operating condition
            • Display group 54 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 55 (Speed regulation) Idling stabilization
            • Significance of 5 digit number block
            • Display group 56 (Speed regulation) Idling speed stabilization
            • Display group 60 (Speed regulation) Adaptation EPC system * See note
            • Display group 61 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Display group 62 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP and cruise control system (CCS)
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 2, brake and cruise control switch
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 4, cruise control switch
            • Display group 66 -Cruise control system
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 2, brakes, clutch and CCS switches position
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 4, CCS control switches
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 70 to 79 (emission reduction)
            • Display group 70 (emission reduction) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system diagnostic (fuel tank venting system)
            • Display group 71 -Exhaust reduction- Leak diagnostic system
            • Display group 77 (emission reduction) Secondary air system diagnostic
          • Measured value blocks, evaluating display groups 86 to 89, 100 (Readiness code)
            • Display group 89 -Trip odometer- Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 (Readiness code)
            • Significance of 8 digit number block for readiness code
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 90 to 97 (Performance increase)
            • Display group 91 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
            • Display group 94 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 110 to 119 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 111 - Charge pressure control - adaptation valves for boost pressure limitation
            • Display group 113 - Charge pressure control
            • Evaluating display group 113, display zone 4 - atmospheric pressure
            • Display group 114 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 115 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 116 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 117 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 118 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 119 (Charge pressure control)
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 120 to 129 (Communication)
            • Display group 120 -Traction control -ASR-
            • Display group 122 -Transmission (automatic only)
            • Display group 125 -Communication -data bus messages-
            • Display group 126 -Communication -data bus messages-
      • 24 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor G28 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Notes
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
          • Idling speed, adapting
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Possible causes of malfunction if sensor control frequency is too slow:
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Notes
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • If resistance measurement is outside specified range:
            • If resistance value is within specified range:
      • 28 Ignition/Glow plug system
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor G40 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
              • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
    • 1.8L - Generic Scan Tool, Engine Code(S): AWP, AWW, AWD (A4 Platform)
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel Supply System
          • Fuel Supply System
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, checking
          • Checking fuel pressure
          • Checking fuel delivery
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • EVAP system, leak detection
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister system, checking for proper seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 , checking
        • Electronic engine power control (EPC)
          • Function of "EPC" system
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Turbocharger
          • Turbocharger
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
        • Charge air system
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 before catalytic converter, heater circuit checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , heater circuit checking
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking Ground (GND)
            • Checking electrical circuit
            • Final procedures
          • Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display is approx. - 40.0 ° C
            • Testing if display approx. 140.0 ° C
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display approx. -40 ° C or approx. -46 ° C:
            • Testing if display approx. 140 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , checking
          • Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33 , checking
        • Function tests
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter, checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220
          • Function
          • Voltage supply, checking
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , replacing
          • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 , checking
        • Additional signals (engine), checking
          • Speed Signal, checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, checking
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Principle and function
          • Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), checking function and proper seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- , checking
      • 28 - Ignition/Glow plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 Engine codes AWP, AWW Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 Engine code AWD, checking
          • Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking (Engine Code AWP)
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 / Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , checking
          • Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292 , checking
      • 38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls
        • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G38 , checking
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Electrical components for 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A with Tiptronic, checking
          • Notes
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , checking
          • Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor G265 , checking
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G68 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217
          • Function
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , voltage supply, checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 voltage supply checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing
            • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09G
        • Additional signals (Automatic Transmission), checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
      • ST - Generic Scan Tool
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Generic Scan Tool (GST) Manual Contents
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) Systems
          • Serial Data Link (MIL) Illumination
          • Controller Area Network (CAN) Data Link
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp
        • Diagnostic modes
          • Diagnostic Modes Description
          • Diagnostic Mode 01: Obtain data
          • Diagnostic Mode 02: Obtain operating conditions
          • Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory
          • Interrogating the Fault Memory
          • Diagnostic Mode 04: Reset/delete diagnostic data
          • Diagnostic Mode 05: Check lambda test results
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
          • Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 1
            • Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function Check
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test
          • Diagnostic Mode 07: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored
          • Diagnostic Mode 08: Tank leak test
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
          • Diagnostic Mode 09: Vehicle information
        • General Diagnosis
          • Preliminary check
        • Readiness Code
          • Readiness Code Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) tables
          • SAE P0xxx DTCs
          • SAE P1xxx-DTCs
          • SAE P2xxx DTCs
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/Glow Plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Camshaft adjustment, servicing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Check Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with power output stages, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking voltage supply
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking activation
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Check knock sensors
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking resistance values of knock sensors
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Valve for camshaft adjustment, checking (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
            • Function
              • Notes
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/glow Plug System
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 -G163-, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
            • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
  • Mode 6 - 1999-06 Golf, GTI, JETTA, JETTA Wagon
    • Introduction
    • Mode 6
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • V6 Engine Except ROUTAN
        • V6 ROUTAN
        • VR6 Engine
        • V8 Engine
        • W8 Engine
        • V10 Engine
        • W12 Engine
  • System
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • 1.8L - Exhaust System, Emission Controls - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Exhaust System, Emission Controls
        • Exhaust System Components, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Separation point at exhaust pipe
          • Installing muffler free of tension
          • Installation position of double clamp
          • Installation position of muffler suspension
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Function test
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system components, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-(arrow)
          • Checking secondary air system for proper seal
            • Function test
            • Checking Proper Seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) valve, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump motor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Combination valve, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition, Engine Code(S): AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), features
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Notes
            • Selectable functions (modes) under address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • Exhaust gas warning lamp MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp), significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) warning lamp in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • VAG1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS5051 , connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • DTC memory (functions 02 and 05), checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG4094 to 17088
          • DTCs P1102 to P1238, VAG17510 to 18570
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03), performing
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Activating evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve N80 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) solenoid valve N112 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) pump relay J299 :
            • If the LED does not flash but the secondary air injection pump relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and secondary air injection pump relay does not click:
            • Activating Wastegate bypass regulator valve N75 :
            • Activate Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • Activating leak detection pump (LDP) V144 :
            • Activating Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249
        • Readiness code
          • Readiness code
          • Readiness code, reading
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code for engine code AWP, generating
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Test conditions
          • Readiness code for engine code AWW, generating
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Measuring Value Block
          • Safety precautions
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 0 to 9 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 1 (Basic functions)
            • Significance of 8-digit number block for readiness code
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)
            • Display group 2 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Air mass drawn in
            • Display group 3 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Display group 4 (Basic functions)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature
            • Display group 5 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 6 (Basic functions)
            • Only engine code AWP with automatic transmission:
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 10 to 29 (Ignition)
            • Display group 10 (Ignition)
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle
            • Display group 14 (Ignition) Misfire recognition
            • Display group 15 -Ignition- Misfire recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 -Ignition- misfire recognition Cyl.
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 22 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Display group 23 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition
            • Display group 28 (Ignition) knock control
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 30 to 49, 99, 107 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Display group 30 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zones 1 and 2
            • Display group 32 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Evaluating display zone 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Display group 33 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor control values
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - oxygen sensor regulator before catalyst
            • Display group 34 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic before catalyst (checking age via cycle duration monitoring)
            • Display group 36 (oxygen sensor control) Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen sensor voltage, oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Display group 37 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor - dwell period test
            • Display group 41 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor heating
            • Display group 43 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic after catalyst (ageing check)
            • Display group 46 (oxygen sensor control) Catalyst diagnostic (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 -Oxygen sensor control - oxygen sensor operating condition
            • Display group 107 -Oxygen sensor control- Diagnostic of fuel system
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 50 to 69 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 50 (Speed regulation) Operating condition
            • Display group 54 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 55 (Speed regulation) Idling stabilization
            • Significance of 5 digit number block
            • Display group 56 (Speed regulation) Idling speed stabilization
            • Display group 60 (Speed regulation) Adaptation EPC system * See note
            • Display group 61 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Display group 62 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP and cruise control system (CCS)
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 2, brake and cruise control switch
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 4, cruise control switch
            • Display group 66 -Cruise control system
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 2, brakes, clutch and CCS switches position
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 4, CCS control switches
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 70 to 79 (emission reduction)
            • Display group 70 (emission reduction) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system diagnostic (fuel tank venting system)
            • Display group 71 -Exhaust reduction- Leak diagnostic system
            • Display group 77 (emission reduction) Secondary air system diagnostic
          • Measured value blocks, evaluating display groups 86 to 89, 100 (Readiness code)
            • Display group 89 -Trip odometer- Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 (Readiness code)
            • Significance of 8 digit number block for readiness code
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 90 to 97 (Performance increase)
            • Display group 91 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
            • Display group 94 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 110 to 119 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 111 - Charge pressure control - adaptation valves for boost pressure limitation
            • Display group 113 - Charge pressure control
            • Evaluating display group 113, display zone 4 - atmospheric pressure
            • Display group 114 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 115 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 116 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 117 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 118 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 119 (Charge pressure control)
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 120 to 129 (Communication)
            • Display group 120 -Traction control -ASR-
            • Display group 122 -Transmission (automatic only)
            • Display group 125 -Communication -data bus messages-
            • Display group 126 -Communication -data bus messages-
      • 24 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor G28 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Notes
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
          • Idling speed, adapting
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Possible causes of malfunction if sensor control frequency is too slow:
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Notes
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • If resistance measurement is outside specified range:
            • If resistance value is within specified range:
      • 28 Ignition/Glow plug system
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor G40 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
              • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
    • 1.8L - Fuel Supply - AWD, AWP, AWW (A4 Platform)
      • Fuel Supply
        • Fuel Supply System Components, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel pump flange
            • Checking change-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, removing and installing
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Check fuel pump
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking function and voltage supply
            • Checking fuel delivery
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
        • EVAP canister system
          • Function of leak diagnostic
          • Parts of EVAP canister system, removing and installing
          • Overview of EVAP canister system
          • EVAP canister system, checking for proper seal
            • Function test
            • Checking Proper Seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP)
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
        • Electronic engine power control (E-Gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Function of E -Gas system
        • Servicing parts of the electronic engine power regulation (E-gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Notes
          • Check Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster
            • Significance of EPC warning lamp
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Function
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
    • 1.8L - Generic Scan Tool, Engine Code(S): AWP, AWW, AWD (A4 Platform)
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel Supply System
          • Fuel Supply System
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, checking
          • Checking fuel pressure
          • Checking fuel delivery
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • EVAP system, leak detection
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister system, checking for proper seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 , checking
        • Electronic engine power control (EPC)
          • Function of "EPC" system
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Turbocharger
          • Turbocharger
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
        • Charge air system
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 before catalytic converter, heater circuit checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , heater circuit checking
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking Ground (GND)
            • Checking electrical circuit
            • Final procedures
          • Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display is approx. - 40.0 ° C
            • Testing if display approx. 140.0 ° C
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display approx. -40 ° C or approx. -46 ° C:
            • Testing if display approx. 140 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , checking
          • Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33 , checking
        • Function tests
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter, checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220
          • Function
          • Voltage supply, checking
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , replacing
          • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 , checking
        • Additional signals (engine), checking
          • Speed Signal, checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, checking
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Principle and function
          • Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), checking function and proper seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- , checking
      • 28 - Ignition/Glow plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 Engine codes AWP, AWW Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 Engine code AWD, checking
          • Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking (Engine Code AWP)
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 / Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , checking
          • Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292 , checking
      • 38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls
        • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G38 , checking
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Electrical components for 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A with Tiptronic, checking
          • Notes
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , checking
          • Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor G265 , checking
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G68 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217
          • Function
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , voltage supply, checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 voltage supply checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing
            • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09G
        • Additional signals (Automatic Transmission), checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
      • ST - Generic Scan Tool
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Generic Scan Tool (GST) Manual Contents
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) Systems
          • Serial Data Link (MIL) Illumination
          • Controller Area Network (CAN) Data Link
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp
        • Diagnostic modes
          • Diagnostic Modes Description
          • Diagnostic Mode 01: Obtain data
          • Diagnostic Mode 02: Obtain operating conditions
          • Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory
          • Interrogating the Fault Memory
          • Diagnostic Mode 04: Reset/delete diagnostic data
          • Diagnostic Mode 05: Check lambda test results
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
          • Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 1
            • Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function Check
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test
          • Diagnostic Mode 07: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored
          • Diagnostic Mode 08: Tank leak test
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
          • Diagnostic Mode 09: Vehicle information
        • General Diagnosis
          • Preliminary check
        • Readiness Code
          • Readiness Code Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) tables
          • SAE P0xxx DTCs
          • SAE P1xxx-DTCs
          • SAE P2xxx DTCs
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/Glow Plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Camshaft adjustment, servicing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Check Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with power output stages, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking voltage supply
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking activation
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Check knock sensors
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking resistance values of knock sensors
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Valve for camshaft adjustment, checking (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
            • Function
              • Notes
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/glow Plug System
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 -G163-, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
            • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Fuel injection, servicing
          • General Notes on Fuel Injection
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Parts of fuel injection system, removing and installing
          • Air filter, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with fuel injectors, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Safety precautions
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Checking components
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Continuation for all vehicles
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
              • Notes
              • Voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
              • Checking signal and Ground wires of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Check resistance
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Check Engine Speed (RPM) sensor
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Overview
              • Resistance values of fuel injectors, checking
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Activation and voltage supply, checking
              • Checking fuel injectors for injection quantity and proper seal
            • Test requirement
            • Checking Proper Seal
            • Checking Injection Quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Checking intake system for leaks (unmetered air)
            • Checking with engine leak detection spray
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
        • Function tests
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Oxygen Sensor and oxygen sensor control behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Notes
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Function
          • Voltage supply for Engine Control Module (ECM), checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
              • Notes
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
              • Notes
              • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Replacing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Procedure
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Speed signal, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Checking signal from clutch vacuum vent valve switch
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with 2-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Vehicles with 4-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Continuation for all vehicles
          • Terminal resistance for CAN-Bus, checking
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Multi Port Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
          • Components, checking
            • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor - G42-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
            • Idling speed, adapting
              • Notes
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions:
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Special tools equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Only engine code AWP
            • Only engine code AWW
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission only
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Function
            • Test conditions
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), features
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Control module identification
            • Equipment
              • Notes
              • Functions which can be selected when using the VAG1551/1552 scan tools or VAS5051
              • Selectable functions (modes) under address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • Exhaust gas warning lamp MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp), significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) warning lamp in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • VAG1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • VAS5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Special tools and workshop
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • Notes
          • DTC memory, checking and erasing (functions 02 and 05)
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • Notes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG 16394 to 17088
            • Fuel, air metering and additional exhaust gas regulation
            • Fuel and air metering
            • Ignition system
            • Additional exhaust gas regulation
            • Speed and idling speed regulation
            • Control module and output signals
            • Gearbox
          • DTCs P1102 to P1238, VAG 17510 to 18570
            • Notes
            • Fuel and air metering
            • Ignition system
            • Additional exhaust gas regulation
            • Speed and idling speed regulation
            • Control module and output signals
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03), performing
          • Special tools and equipment
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Readiness code
          • Function
          • Readiness code, reading
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code for engine code AWP, generating
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Work sequence
              • Notes
              • Work step 1: Check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
              • Work step 2: Erase DTC memory
              • Work step 3: Matching the throttle valve control module to the engine control module
              • Work step 4: Temperature check
              • Work step 5: EVAP system diagnosis (tank venting system)
              • Work step 6: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor status
              • Work step 7: Diagnosis tank venting system
              • Work step 8: Oxygen sensor aging diagnosis before catalyst (cycle duration monitor)
              • Work step 9: Secondary air system diagnosis
              • Work step 10: Oxygen sensor control system diagnosis
              • Work step 11: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor aging after catalyst
              • Work step 12: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor operational readiness after catalyst
              • Work step 13: Catalyst diagnosis
              • Work step 14: Read out readiness code
          • Readiness code for engine code AWW, generating
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
              • Notes
              • Work step 1: Check DTC memory
              • Work step 2: Erase DTC memory
              • Work step 3: Matching the throttle valve control module to the engine control module
              • Work step 4: Temperature check
              • Work step 5: EVAP system diagnosis (tank venting system)
              • Work step 6: Diagnosis of fuel system
              • Work step 7: Diagnosis of tank venting system
              • Work step 8: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor operational readiness after catalyst
              • Work step 9: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor aging after catalyst
              • Work step 10: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor status
              • Work step 11: Oxygen sensor aging diagnosis (cycle duration monitor)
              • Work step 12: Oxygen sensor control system diagnosis
              • Work step 13: Catalyst diagnosis
              • Work step 14: Secondary air system diagnosis
              • Work step 15: Read readiness code
        • Measuring Value Block
          • Safety precautions
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 0 to 9 (Basic functions)
            • Display Group 1 (Basic Functions)
              • Notes
              • Significance of 8 -digit number block for readiness code
              • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)
            • Display Group 2 (Basic Functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period
              • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Air mass drawn in
            • Display Group 3 (Basic Functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
            • Display Group 4 (Basic Functions)
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control module voltage supply
              • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature
              • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature
            • Display Group 5 (Basic Functions)
            • Display Group 6 (Basic Functions)
            • Display Group 8 - Basic Function- Vacuum Pump For Brakes
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 10 to 29 (Ignition)
            • Display Group 10 (Ignition)
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
              • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle
            • Display Group 14 (Ignition) Misfire Recognition
            • Display Group 15 -Ignition- Misfire Recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3
            • Display Group 16 -Ignition- Misfire Recognition Cyl. 4
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display Group 22 (Ignition) Knock Control
            • Display Group 23 (Ignition) Knock Control
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition
            • Display Group 28 (Ignition) Knock Control
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 30 to 49, 99, 107 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Display Group 30 (Oxygen Sensor Control)
              • Notes
              • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zones 1 and 2
            • Display Group 32 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Learned Values
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display zone 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Display Group 33 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Control Values
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - oxygen sensor regulator before catalyst
            • Display Group 34 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Diagnostic Before Catalyst (Checking Age Via Cycle Duration Monitoring)
            • Display Group 36 Oxygen Sensor Control (Oxygen Sensor Control) Operational Readiness Of Oxygen Sensor After Catalyst
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen sensor voltage, oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Display Group 37 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor - Dwell Period Test
            • Display Group 41 Oxygen Sensor Control (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Heating
            • Display Group 43 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Diagnostic After Catalyst (Ageing Check)
            • Display Group 46 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Catalyst Diagnostic (Conversion Test)
            • Display Group 99 -oxygen Sensor Control - Oxygen Sensor Operating Condition
            • Display Group 107 Oxygen Sensor Control - Diagnostic Of Fuel System
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 50 to 69 (Speed regulation)
            • Display Group 50 (Speed Regulation) Operating Condition
            • Display Group 54 (Speed Regulation) Chart
            • Display Group 55 (Speed Regulation) Idling Stabilization
              • Notes
              • Significance of 5 digit number block
            • Display Group 56 (Speed Regulation) Idling Speed Stabilization
            • Display Group 60 (Speed Regulation) Adaptation EPC System
            • Display Group 61 (Speed Regulation) Electronic Power Control
            • Display Group 62 (Speed Regulation) Electronic Power Control
            • Display Group 63 (Speed Regulation) Kick Down Adaptation
            • Display Group 66 Cruise Control System
              • Notes
              • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 2, brake and cruise control switch
              • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 4, cruise control switch
              • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 2, brakes, clutch and CCS switches position
              • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 4, CCS control switches
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 70 to 79 (emission reduction)
            • Display Group Value Blocks 70 (Emission Reduction)
            • Display Group 71 Exhaust Reduction Leak Diagnostic System
            • Display Group 77 (Emission Reduction) Secondary Air System Diagnostic
          • Measured value blocks, evaluating display groups 86 to 89, 100 (Readiness code)
            • Display Group 89 Trip Odometer Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
            • Display Group 100 (Readiness Code)
              • Notes
              • Significance of 8 digit number block for readiness code
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 90 to 97 (Performance increase)
            • Display Group 91 (Performance Increase) Camshaft Adjustment
            • Display Group 94 (Performance Increase) Camshaft Adjustment
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 110 to 119 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display Group 111 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 113 (Charge Pressure Control)
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 113, display zone 4 - atmospheric pressure
            • Display Group 114 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 115 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 116 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 117 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 118 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 119 (Charge Pressure Control)
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 120 to 129 (Communication)
            • Display Group 120 (Traction Control-ASR)
            • Display Group 122 Transmission (Automatic Only)
            • Display Group 125 Communication - Data Bus Messages
            • Display Group 126 Communication - Data Bus Messages
    • 1.8L - On Board Diagnostic (OBD), Generic Scan Tool - AWD, AWP, AWW
      • Generic Scan Tool
        • General information for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Characteristics of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Control module identification
          • Connect diagnostic tester
            • Recommended special tools and equipment e.g.:
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
          • Connect test box for wiring test
            • Recommended special tools and equipment e.g.:
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Check Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) in instrument cluster
            • Installation position of exhaust MIL
            • Meaning of exhaust MIL
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
        • Select diagnostic function
          • Recommended special tools and equipment
          • Address word 33 - On-Board Diagnostic (OBD)
            • Function
          • Diagnostic mode 1: Check measured values
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 2: Checking operating conditions
            • Function
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 3: Check DTC Memory
            • Function
            • SAE Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 4: Reset/erase diagnostic data
            • Function
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 5: Check output of oxygen sensor signals
            • Function
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored
            • Function
            • Test-ID 01: Catalytic converter
              • Test requirements
            • Procedure
            • Test-ID 03: Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system
              • Test requirements
            • Test-ID 05: Tank ventilation system
              • Test requirements
            • Test-ID 09: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-
              • Test requirement
          • Diagnostic mode 7: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored
            • Function
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 8: Tank leak test
            • Function
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
          • Diagnostic mode 9: Vehicle information
            • Function
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
        • Readiness code
          • Function
          • Read readiness code
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
          • Readiness code, generating
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) tables:
          • SAE P0xxx-DTCs
        • SAE P1xxx-DTCs
        • SAE P2xxx-DTCs
        • SAE P3xxx-DTCs
    • 2.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition [BDF] - [01-On Board Diagnostic]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) features
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp K132
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) K83
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Control module identification
              • Notes
              • Functions which can be selected when using the VAG1551 /1552 or VAS5051 scan tools
              • Selecting functions (mode) via address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • VAG1551 and Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220, connecting and selecting
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • VAS5051 and Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220, connecting and selecting
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • DTC memory
          • DTC memory
          • DTC memory, checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
        • DTC table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTC table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG16394 to 17088
        • DTC table: SAE P1 codes
          • DTCs P1047 to P 1912, VAG 17455 to 18322
        • DTC table: SAE P2 codes
          • DTCs P2101 to P2138, VAG 18533 to 18570
        • DTC table: SAE P3 codes
          • DTCs P 3211 to P 3266, VAG 19667 to 19722
        • Output Diagnosis Test Mode (DTM)
          • Output Diagnosis Test Mode (DTM), performing
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
            • 1. Activating Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 :
            • 2. Activating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 :
            • 3. Activating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 :
            • If LED does not flash but Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay does not click:
            • 4. Activating Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 :
            • 5. Activating Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • 6. Activating Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 :
            • 7. Activating Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 :
            • 8. Activating Brake System Vacuum Pump V192 (only vehicles with an automatic transmission):
            • 9...14. Activating fuel injectors (-N30-... N33, N83 and N84):
        • Readiness code
          • Function
          • Read readiness code
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Generating readiness code
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code, generating (overview)
        • Measured value (data) blocks
          • Safety precautions
          • Read measured value (data) block
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Work sequence
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 - Basic functions, evaluating
            • Display group 1 - Basic functions
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idle speed)
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 4 - Adjustment conditions
            • Display group 2 - Basic functions - Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Mass Air Flow (MAF)
            • Display group 3 - Basic function - Mass Air Flow (MAF)
            • Display group 4 - Basic functions
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature (IAT)
            • Display group 5 - Basic function
            • Display group 6 - Basic function
            • Display group 8 - Basic functions - Brake System Vacuum Pump (automatic transmission only)
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 - Ignition, evaluating
            • Display group 10 - Ignition
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle, Angle sensor - 1 - for throttle drive
            • Display group 14 - Ignition - Misfire detection
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 15 - Ignition - Misfire detection cyl. 1 to cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 - Ignition - Misfire detection cyl. 4 to cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display group 15, display zones 1 to 3 or display group 16, display zones 1 to 3 - Ignition misfires cyl. 1 to cyl. 6
            • Display group 20 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 1 to cyl. 4
            • Display group 21 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 5 and cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display group 20, display zones 1 to 4 and display group 21, display zones 1 and 2 - Ignition timing retardation cyl. 1 to cyl. 6
            • Display group 22 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 1 and cyl. 2
            • Display group 23 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 3 and cyl. 4
            • Display group 24 - Ignition - Knock control cyl. 5 and cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display groups 22 to 24, display zones 3 and 4 - Ignition timing retardation cyl. 1 to 6
            • Display group 28 - Ignition - Knock control
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 30...33, 99 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control, evaluating
            • Display group 30 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control
            • Significance of characters in 3 digit number block, display zones 1 and 2 - Status of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before and after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 31 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control constantly operating Oxygen Sensors
            • Display group 32 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 33 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 2 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 34 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluation of display group 34, display zone 4 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 36 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) (operational readiness)
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) voltage, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 2 - Diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 41 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) heating
            • Display group 43 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluation of display group 43, display zone 4 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 46 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) diagnosis (conversion test)
            • Evaluating display group 46, display zone 4 - Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) diagnosis (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control operating condition
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 - Speed control, Evaluating
            • Display group 50 - Speed control - Operating condition
            • Display group 54 - Speed control
            • Display group 55 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Significance of figures in 5 digit number block, display zone 4 - Operating conditions
            • Display group 56 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Display group 57 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Display group 60 - Speed control - Electronic power control (EPC) system adaptation
            • Display group 61 - Speed control - Electronic Power Control system
            • Display group 62 - Speed control - Electronic Power Control system
            • Display group 66 - Speed control - Additional signals
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 2 - Switch positions
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 4 - CCS controls switch
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 70...77 - Reducing emissions, evaluating
            • Display group 70 - Reducing emissions - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system regulator valve diagnosis (Fuel Tank ventilation system)
            • Evaluating display group 70, display zone 4 - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system regulator valve diagnosis (Fuel Tank ventilation system)
            • Display group 71 - Reducing emissions - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system diagnosis (leak diagnosis)
            • Evaluating display group 71, display zone 4 - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister diagnosis (leak diagnosis)
            • Display group 77 - Reducing emissions - Secondary air system diagnosis
            • Evaluating display group 77, display zone 4 - Secondary air system diagnosis
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 86...89, 100 - Readiness code, evaluating
            • Display group 86 - Readiness code
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 1 - Readiness code
            • Display group 89 - Distance recorder - Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 - Readiness code
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 90...96 - Performance improvement, evaluating
            • Display group 90 - Performance improvement - Exhaust camshaft timing adjustment
            • Display group 91 - Performance improvement - Inlet camshaft continuously variable timing adjustment
            • Display group 95 - Performance improvement - Variable intake manifold change over
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 120...129 - Communication, evaluating
            • Display group 125 - Communication - Can-bus messages
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • 1.8L - Engine Mechanical, Engine Code(S): AWD, AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Engine number
          • Engine data
      • 10 - Engine - Assembly
        • Engine, removing and installing
          • Engine, removing and installing
          • Notes on removing
          • Engine, securing to assembly stand
          • Notes on installing
          • Engine and transmission mountings, aligning
          • Assembly mounting
            • Torque specifications
          • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
      • 13 - Engine - Crankshaft, Cylinder Block
        • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Engine, disassembling and assembling
          • Assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Ribbed belt, removing and installing
        • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate
          • Sealing flanges and flywheel/drive plate, assembly overview
          • Crankshaft seal - ribbed belt side, replacing
          • Sealing flange (belt pulley side), removing and installing
          • Drive plate, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Drive plate, loosening and tightening
            • Installing drive plate.
        • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft
          • Crankshaft, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Vehicles from approx. 05/00
          • Crankshaft dimensions
        • Piston and connecting rod
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine code AWD
          • Pistons and connecting rods (engine code AWD, AWW), assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking piston ring gap
            • Checking ring to groove clearance
            • Checking piston
            • Bearing shells - installed positions
            • Checking cylinder bores
          • Piston and cylinder dimensions, engine codes AWP, AWW
      • 15 - Engine - Cylinder head, Valvetrain
        • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head
          • Cylinder head, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Checking cylinder head for distortion
          • Toothed belt, removing, installing and tensioning
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • A - Toothed belt completely removed
              • B - Toothed belt only removed from camshaft gear
            • Toothed belt, tensioning
          • Cylinder head, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Compression pressures, checking
        • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain
          • Valvetrain, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Refacing cylinder head sealing surface
            • Camshaft, checking axial play
            • Valve dimensions
            • Double bearing cap contact surfaces, sealing
            • Chain tensioner or camshaft adjuster/cylinder head contact surfaces, sealing
          • Valve seats, refacing
            • Notes
            • The maximum permissible refacing dimension is calculated as follows:
            • Refacing intake valve seat
            • Refacing exhaust valve seat
          • Camshaft seals, replacing
            • Oil seal at camshaft gear, removing and installing
            • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 gasket, removing
          • Hydraulic valve lifters, checking
          • Camshafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Camshaft adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Activation, checking
            • Solenoid valve, checking
            • Camshaft adjuster, checking function
          • Valve guides, checking
          • Valve stem seals, replacing
      • 17 - Lubrication
        • Lubrication system components
          • Lubrication system components
          • Engine oil
          • Lubrication system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
              • Notes
              • Markings on oil dipstick
            • Part II
          • Oil pan, removing and installing
          • Oil pressure and oil pressure switch, checking
      • 19 - Engine - Cooling system
        • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components
          • Cooling system components (on body), assembly overview
          • Cooling system components (on engine), assembly overview
          • Coolant hose connection diagram
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (manual transmission), AWW (manual and automatic transmission)
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP (automatic transmission)
          • Cooling system, draining and filling
            • Notes
            • Draining
            • Filling
          • Radiator, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Additional information and assembly work on vehicles with air conditioning
          • Coolant pump, removing and installing
          • Coolant thermostat, removing and installing
          • After-Run Coolant Pump V51 , checking
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel supply system components
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel delivery unit flange
            • Checking switch-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply system
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel delivery unit, removing and installing
          • Fuel Level Sensor G , removing and installing
          • Fuel tank, removing and installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Fuel pump, checking
            • Notes
            • Function and voltage supply, checking
            • Checking delivery rate
            • Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve, checking
        • Electronic Engine Power Control (EPC)
          • EPC system, function
          • Electronic engine power regulation (EPC) components, assembly overview
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster, meaning
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
        • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Function description of evaporative emissions (EVAP) system
          • Leak diagnosis, function description
          • EVAP canister system, assembly overview
          • Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system, overview
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • EVAP system, checking for leaks
            • Notes
            • Function test
            • Checking for leaks
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP), checking
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic pump, checking electrically
            • Checking voltage supply
          • EVAP system, checking using tester KILL 9210
            • Introduction
            • Calibrating the KLI90210 tester
            • Testing the fuel cap
            • Checking Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 for internal leaks
            • Conditions
            • Checking EVAP system for leaks
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Charge air system with turbocharger
          • Turbocharger with attachments, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Part I
            • Part II
          • Charge air cooler components, assembly overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWD), overview
          • Exhaust turbocharging system (engine code AWP, AWW), overview
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Safety precautions
        • Charge pressure system, checking
          • Boost pressure regulation, checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
            • Notes
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
            • Checking function
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Vacuum diaphragm for boost pressure regulator valve, checking
          • Deceleration shut-off valve, checking
          • Charge air system, checking for leaks
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components
          • Exhaust system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Separation point on exhaust pipe
            • Installing muffler free of tension
            • Installation position of double clamp
            • Installed location of mounting
        • Catalytic converter
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system
          • Function
          • Secondary air injection (AIR) system components, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299
          • Combi-valve, checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor V101 , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 , checking
    • 1.8L - Exhaust System, Emission Controls - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Exhaust System, Emission Controls
        • Exhaust System Components, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Separation point at exhaust pipe
          • Installing muffler free of tension
          • Installation position of double clamp
          • Installation position of muffler suspension
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Function test
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Notes
          • Function
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system components, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-(arrow)
          • Checking secondary air system for proper seal
            • Function test
            • Checking Proper Seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) valve, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) pump motor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Combination valve, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition, Engine Code(S): AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), features
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Notes
            • Selectable functions (modes) under address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • Exhaust gas warning lamp MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp), significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) warning lamp in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • VAG1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS5051 , connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • DTC memory (functions 02 and 05), checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG4094 to 17088
          • DTCs P1102 to P1238, VAG17510 to 18570
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03), performing
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Activating evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve N80 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) solenoid valve N112 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) pump relay J299 :
            • If the LED does not flash but the secondary air injection pump relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and secondary air injection pump relay does not click:
            • Activating Wastegate bypass regulator valve N75 :
            • Activate Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • Activating leak detection pump (LDP) V144 :
            • Activating Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249
        • Readiness code
          • Readiness code
          • Readiness code, reading
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code for engine code AWP, generating
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Test conditions
          • Readiness code for engine code AWW, generating
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Measuring Value Block
          • Safety precautions
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 0 to 9 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 1 (Basic functions)
            • Significance of 8-digit number block for readiness code
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)
            • Display group 2 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Air mass drawn in
            • Display group 3 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Display group 4 (Basic functions)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature
            • Display group 5 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 6 (Basic functions)
            • Only engine code AWP with automatic transmission:
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 10 to 29 (Ignition)
            • Display group 10 (Ignition)
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle
            • Display group 14 (Ignition) Misfire recognition
            • Display group 15 -Ignition- Misfire recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 -Ignition- misfire recognition Cyl.
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 22 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Display group 23 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition
            • Display group 28 (Ignition) knock control
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 30 to 49, 99, 107 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Display group 30 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zones 1 and 2
            • Display group 32 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Evaluating display zone 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Display group 33 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor control values
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - oxygen sensor regulator before catalyst
            • Display group 34 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic before catalyst (checking age via cycle duration monitoring)
            • Display group 36 (oxygen sensor control) Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen sensor voltage, oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Display group 37 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor - dwell period test
            • Display group 41 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor heating
            • Display group 43 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic after catalyst (ageing check)
            • Display group 46 (oxygen sensor control) Catalyst diagnostic (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 -Oxygen sensor control - oxygen sensor operating condition
            • Display group 107 -Oxygen sensor control- Diagnostic of fuel system
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 50 to 69 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 50 (Speed regulation) Operating condition
            • Display group 54 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 55 (Speed regulation) Idling stabilization
            • Significance of 5 digit number block
            • Display group 56 (Speed regulation) Idling speed stabilization
            • Display group 60 (Speed regulation) Adaptation EPC system * See note
            • Display group 61 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Display group 62 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP and cruise control system (CCS)
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 2, brake and cruise control switch
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 4, cruise control switch
            • Display group 66 -Cruise control system
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 2, brakes, clutch and CCS switches position
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 4, CCS control switches
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 70 to 79 (emission reduction)
            • Display group 70 (emission reduction) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system diagnostic (fuel tank venting system)
            • Display group 71 -Exhaust reduction- Leak diagnostic system
            • Display group 77 (emission reduction) Secondary air system diagnostic
          • Measured value blocks, evaluating display groups 86 to 89, 100 (Readiness code)
            • Display group 89 -Trip odometer- Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 (Readiness code)
            • Significance of 8 digit number block for readiness code
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 90 to 97 (Performance increase)
            • Display group 91 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
            • Display group 94 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 110 to 119 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 111 - Charge pressure control - adaptation valves for boost pressure limitation
            • Display group 113 - Charge pressure control
            • Evaluating display group 113, display zone 4 - atmospheric pressure
            • Display group 114 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 115 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 116 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 117 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 118 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 119 (Charge pressure control)
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 120 to 129 (Communication)
            • Display group 120 -Traction control -ASR-
            • Display group 122 -Transmission (automatic only)
            • Display group 125 -Communication -data bus messages-
            • Display group 126 -Communication -data bus messages-
      • 24 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor G28 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Notes
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
          • Idling speed, adapting
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Possible causes of malfunction if sensor control frequency is too slow:
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Notes
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • If resistance measurement is outside specified range:
            • If resistance value is within specified range:
      • 28 Ignition/Glow plug system
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor G40 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
              • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
    • 1.8L - Fuel Supply - AWD, AWP, AWW (A4 Platform)
      • Fuel Supply
        • Fuel Supply System Components, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Fuel tank with attachments and fuel filter, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position of fuel pump flange
            • Checking change-over valve
            • Checking pressure retaining valve
          • Safety precautions when working on fuel supply
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, removing and installing
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash fuel shut-off
            • Function
          • Check fuel pump
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking function and voltage supply
            • Checking fuel delivery
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking Fuel Pump (FP) check-valve
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
        • EVAP canister system
          • Function of leak diagnostic
          • Parts of EVAP canister system, removing and installing
          • Overview of EVAP canister system
          • EVAP canister system, checking for proper seal
            • Function test
            • Checking Proper Seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Check Leak Detection Pump (LDP)
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
        • Electronic engine power control (E-Gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Function of E -Gas system
        • Servicing parts of the electronic engine power regulation (E-gas) accelerator pedal assembly
          • Notes
          • Check Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp in instrument cluster
            • Significance of EPC warning lamp
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
          • Throttle Position (TP) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Function
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
    • 1.8L - Generic Scan Tool, Engine Code(S): AWP, AWW, AWD (A4 Platform)
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel Supply System
          • Fuel Supply System
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, checking
          • Checking fuel pressure
          • Checking fuel delivery
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • EVAP system, leak detection
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister system, checking for proper seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 , checking
        • Electronic engine power control (EPC)
          • Function of "EPC" system
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Turbocharger
          • Turbocharger
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
        • Charge air system
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 before catalytic converter, heater circuit checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , heater circuit checking
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking Ground (GND)
            • Checking electrical circuit
            • Final procedures
          • Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display is approx. - 40.0 ° C
            • Testing if display approx. 140.0 ° C
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display approx. -40 ° C or approx. -46 ° C:
            • Testing if display approx. 140 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , checking
          • Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33 , checking
        • Function tests
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter, checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220
          • Function
          • Voltage supply, checking
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , replacing
          • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 , checking
        • Additional signals (engine), checking
          • Speed Signal, checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, checking
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Principle and function
          • Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), checking function and proper seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- , checking
      • 28 - Ignition/Glow plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 Engine codes AWP, AWW Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 Engine code AWD, checking
          • Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking (Engine Code AWP)
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 / Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , checking
          • Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292 , checking
      • 38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls
        • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G38 , checking
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Electrical components for 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A with Tiptronic, checking
          • Notes
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , checking
          • Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor G265 , checking
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G68 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217
          • Function
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , voltage supply, checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 voltage supply checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing
            • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09G
        • Additional signals (Automatic Transmission), checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
      • ST - Generic Scan Tool
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Generic Scan Tool (GST) Manual Contents
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) Systems
          • Serial Data Link (MIL) Illumination
          • Controller Area Network (CAN) Data Link
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp
        • Diagnostic modes
          • Diagnostic Modes Description
          • Diagnostic Mode 01: Obtain data
          • Diagnostic Mode 02: Obtain operating conditions
          • Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory
          • Interrogating the Fault Memory
          • Diagnostic Mode 04: Reset/delete diagnostic data
          • Diagnostic Mode 05: Check lambda test results
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
          • Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 1
            • Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function Check
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test
          • Diagnostic Mode 07: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored
          • Diagnostic Mode 08: Tank leak test
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
          • Diagnostic Mode 09: Vehicle information
        • General Diagnosis
          • Preliminary check
        • Readiness Code
          • Readiness Code Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) tables
          • SAE P0xxx DTCs
          • SAE P1xxx-DTCs
          • SAE P2xxx DTCs
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/Glow Plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Camshaft adjustment, servicing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Check Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with power output stages, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking voltage supply
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking activation
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Check knock sensors
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking resistance values of knock sensors
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Valve for camshaft adjustment, checking (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
            • Function
              • Notes
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/glow Plug System
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 -G163-, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
            • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Fuel injection, servicing
          • General Notes on Fuel Injection
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Overview of Component Locations (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Parts of fuel injection system, removing and installing
          • Air filter, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with fuel injectors, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Safety precautions
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Checking components
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensor before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
          • Oxygen sensor heater for oxygen sensors behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Continuation for all vehicles
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
              • Notes
              • Voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
              • Checking signal and Ground wires of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Check resistance
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. - 40 °C:
            • Continuation of test if indication is approx. 143 °C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Check Engine Speed (RPM) sensor
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Fuel injectors, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Overview
              • Resistance values of fuel injectors, checking
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Activation and voltage supply, checking
              • Checking fuel injectors for injection quantity and proper seal
            • Test requirement
            • Checking Proper Seal
            • Checking Injection Quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and residual pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Checking intake system for leaks (unmetered air)
            • Checking with engine leak detection spray
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
        • Function tests
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) and oxygen sensor control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Oxygen Sensor and oxygen sensor control behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
            • Checking primary voltage
              • Notes
              • Checking oxygen sensor wires
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Function
          • Voltage supply for Engine Control Module (ECM), checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
              • Notes
              • Test requirements
              • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
              • Notes
              • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Replacing Engine Control Module (ECM)
            • Procedure
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Speed signal, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Checking signal from clutch vacuum vent valve switch
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with 2-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Vehicles with 4-pin clutch vacuum vent valve switch
              • Continuation for all vehicles
          • Terminal resistance for CAN-Bus, checking
            • Function
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Multi Port Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
          • Components, checking
            • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply and wiring to control module
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor -G62-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor - G42-, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor -G28-, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
            • Idling speed, adapting
              • Notes
              • Special tools and equipment
              • Test conditions
              • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Special tools equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions:
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
            • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Special tools equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Only engine code AWP
            • Only engine code AWW
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission only
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Function
            • Test conditions
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), features
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Control module identification
            • Equipment
              • Notes
              • Functions which can be selected when using the VAG1551/1552 scan tools or VAS5051
              • Selectable functions (modes) under address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • Exhaust gas warning lamp MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp), significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) warning lamp in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • VAG1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • VAS5051 Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Special tools and workshop
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • Notes
          • DTC memory, checking and erasing (functions 02 and 05)
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • Notes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG 16394 to 17088
            • Fuel, air metering and additional exhaust gas regulation
            • Fuel and air metering
            • Ignition system
            • Additional exhaust gas regulation
            • Speed and idling speed regulation
            • Control module and output signals
            • Gearbox
          • DTCs P1102 to P1238, VAG 17510 to 18570
            • Notes
            • Fuel and air metering
            • Ignition system
            • Additional exhaust gas regulation
            • Speed and idling speed regulation
            • Control module and output signals
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03), performing
          • Special tools and equipment
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Readiness code
          • Function
          • Readiness code, reading
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code for engine code AWP, generating
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Check conditions
            • Work sequence
              • Notes
              • Work step 1: Check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
              • Work step 2: Erase DTC memory
              • Work step 3: Matching the throttle valve control module to the engine control module
              • Work step 4: Temperature check
              • Work step 5: EVAP system diagnosis (tank venting system)
              • Work step 6: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor status
              • Work step 7: Diagnosis tank venting system
              • Work step 8: Oxygen sensor aging diagnosis before catalyst (cycle duration monitor)
              • Work step 9: Secondary air system diagnosis
              • Work step 10: Oxygen sensor control system diagnosis
              • Work step 11: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor aging after catalyst
              • Work step 12: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor operational readiness after catalyst
              • Work step 13: Catalyst diagnosis
              • Work step 14: Read out readiness code
          • Readiness code for engine code AWW, generating
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
              • Notes
              • Work step 1: Check DTC memory
              • Work step 2: Erase DTC memory
              • Work step 3: Matching the throttle valve control module to the engine control module
              • Work step 4: Temperature check
              • Work step 5: EVAP system diagnosis (tank venting system)
              • Work step 6: Diagnosis of fuel system
              • Work step 7: Diagnosis of tank venting system
              • Work step 8: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor operational readiness after catalyst
              • Work step 9: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor aging after catalyst
              • Work step 10: Diagnosis of oxygen sensor status
              • Work step 11: Oxygen sensor aging diagnosis (cycle duration monitor)
              • Work step 12: Oxygen sensor control system diagnosis
              • Work step 13: Catalyst diagnosis
              • Work step 14: Secondary air system diagnosis
              • Work step 15: Read readiness code
        • Measuring Value Block
          • Safety precautions
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 0 to 9 (Basic functions)
            • Display Group 1 (Basic Functions)
              • Notes
              • Significance of 8 -digit number block for readiness code
              • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)
            • Display Group 2 (Basic Functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period
              • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Air mass drawn in
            • Display Group 3 (Basic Functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
            • Display Group 4 (Basic Functions)
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control module voltage supply
              • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature
              • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature
            • Display Group 5 (Basic Functions)
            • Display Group 6 (Basic Functions)
            • Display Group 8 - Basic Function- Vacuum Pump For Brakes
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 10 to 29 (Ignition)
            • Display Group 10 (Ignition)
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
              • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle
            • Display Group 14 (Ignition) Misfire Recognition
            • Display Group 15 -Ignition- Misfire Recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3
            • Display Group 16 -Ignition- Misfire Recognition Cyl. 4
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display Group 22 (Ignition) Knock Control
            • Display Group 23 (Ignition) Knock Control
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition
            • Display Group 28 (Ignition) Knock Control
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 30 to 49, 99, 107 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Display Group 30 (Oxygen Sensor Control)
              • Notes
              • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zones 1 and 2
            • Display Group 32 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Learned Values
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display zone 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Display Group 33 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Control Values
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - oxygen sensor regulator before catalyst
            • Display Group 34 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Diagnostic Before Catalyst (Checking Age Via Cycle Duration Monitoring)
            • Display Group 36 Oxygen Sensor Control (Oxygen Sensor Control) Operational Readiness Of Oxygen Sensor After Catalyst
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen sensor voltage, oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Display Group 37 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor - Dwell Period Test
            • Display Group 41 Oxygen Sensor Control (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Heating
            • Display Group 43 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Oxygen Sensor Diagnostic After Catalyst (Ageing Check)
            • Display Group 46 (Oxygen Sensor Control) Catalyst Diagnostic (Conversion Test)
            • Display Group 99 -oxygen Sensor Control - Oxygen Sensor Operating Condition
            • Display Group 107 Oxygen Sensor Control - Diagnostic Of Fuel System
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 50 to 69 (Speed regulation)
            • Display Group 50 (Speed Regulation) Operating Condition
            • Display Group 54 (Speed Regulation) Chart
            • Display Group 55 (Speed Regulation) Idling Stabilization
              • Notes
              • Significance of 5 digit number block
            • Display Group 56 (Speed Regulation) Idling Speed Stabilization
            • Display Group 60 (Speed Regulation) Adaptation EPC System
            • Display Group 61 (Speed Regulation) Electronic Power Control
            • Display Group 62 (Speed Regulation) Electronic Power Control
            • Display Group 63 (Speed Regulation) Kick Down Adaptation
            • Display Group 66 Cruise Control System
              • Notes
              • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 2, brake and cruise control switch
              • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 4, cruise control switch
              • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 2, brakes, clutch and CCS switches position
              • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 4, CCS control switches
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 70 to 79 (emission reduction)
            • Display Group Value Blocks 70 (Emission Reduction)
            • Display Group 71 Exhaust Reduction Leak Diagnostic System
            • Display Group 77 (Emission Reduction) Secondary Air System Diagnostic
          • Measured value blocks, evaluating display groups 86 to 89, 100 (Readiness code)
            • Display Group 89 Trip Odometer Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
            • Display Group 100 (Readiness Code)
              • Notes
              • Significance of 8 digit number block for readiness code
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 90 to 97 (Performance increase)
            • Display Group 91 (Performance Increase) Camshaft Adjustment
            • Display Group 94 (Performance Increase) Camshaft Adjustment
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 110 to 119 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display Group 111 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 113 (Charge Pressure Control)
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 113, display zone 4 - atmospheric pressure
            • Display Group 114 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 115 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 116 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 117 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 118 (Charge Pressure Control)
            • Display Group 119 (Charge Pressure Control)
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 120 to 129 (Communication)
            • Display Group 120 (Traction Control-ASR)
            • Display Group 122 Transmission (Automatic Only)
            • Display Group 125 Communication - Data Bus Messages
            • Display Group 126 Communication - Data Bus Messages
    • 1.8L - On Board Diagnostic (OBD), Generic Scan Tool - AWD, AWP, AWW
      • Generic Scan Tool
        • General information for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Characteristics of On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Control module identification
          • Connect diagnostic tester
            • Recommended special tools and equipment e.g.:
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
          • Connect test box for wiring test
            • Recommended special tools and equipment e.g.:
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Check Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) in instrument cluster
            • Installation position of exhaust MIL
            • Meaning of exhaust MIL
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirement
            • Test sequence
        • Select diagnostic function
          • Recommended special tools and equipment
          • Address word 33 - On-Board Diagnostic (OBD)
            • Function
          • Diagnostic mode 1: Check measured values
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 2: Checking operating conditions
            • Function
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 3: Check DTC Memory
            • Function
            • SAE Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 4: Reset/erase diagnostic data
            • Function
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 5: Check output of oxygen sensor signals
            • Function
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored
            • Function
            • Test-ID 01: Catalytic converter
              • Test requirements
            • Procedure
            • Test-ID 03: Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system
              • Test requirements
            • Test-ID 05: Tank ventilation system
              • Test requirements
            • Test-ID 09: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-
              • Test requirement
          • Diagnostic mode 7: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored
            • Function
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
          • Diagnostic mode 8: Tank leak test
            • Function
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
          • Diagnostic mode 9: Vehicle information
            • Function
            • Requirement
            • Procedure
        • Readiness code
          • Function
          • Read readiness code
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
          • Readiness code, generating
            • Requirements
            • Procedure
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) tables:
          • SAE P0xxx-DTCs
        • SAE P1xxx-DTCs
        • SAE P2xxx-DTCs
        • SAE P3xxx-DTCs
    • 2.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition [BDF] - [01-On Board Diagnostic]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) features
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp K132
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) K83
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Control module identification
              • Notes
              • Functions which can be selected when using the VAG1551 /1552 or VAS5051 scan tools
              • Selecting functions (mode) via address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • VAG1551 and Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220, connecting and selecting
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • VAS5051 and Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220, connecting and selecting
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • DTC memory
          • DTC memory
          • DTC memory, checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
        • DTC table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTC table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG16394 to 17088
        • DTC table: SAE P1 codes
          • DTCs P1047 to P 1912, VAG 17455 to 18322
        • DTC table: SAE P2 codes
          • DTCs P2101 to P2138, VAG 18533 to 18570
        • DTC table: SAE P3 codes
          • DTCs P 3211 to P 3266, VAG 19667 to 19722
        • Output Diagnosis Test Mode (DTM)
          • Output Diagnosis Test Mode (DTM), performing
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
            • 1. Activating Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 :
            • 2. Activating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve N112 :
            • 3. Activating Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay J299 :
            • If LED does not flash but Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay does not click:
            • 4. Activating Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve N156 :
            • 5. Activating Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • 6. Activating Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 :
            • 7. Activating Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 (exhaust) N318 :
            • 8. Activating Brake System Vacuum Pump V192 (only vehicles with an automatic transmission):
            • 9...14. Activating fuel injectors (-N30-... N33, N83 and N84):
        • Readiness code
          • Function
          • Read readiness code
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Generating readiness code
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code, generating (overview)
        • Measured value (data) blocks
          • Safety precautions
          • Read measured value (data) block
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Work sequence
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 0...9 - Basic functions, evaluating
            • Display group 1 - Basic functions
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idle speed)
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 4 - Adjustment conditions
            • Display group 2 - Basic functions - Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Mass Air Flow (MAF)
            • Display group 3 - Basic function - Mass Air Flow (MAF)
            • Display group 4 - Basic functions
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature (IAT)
            • Display group 5 - Basic function
            • Display group 6 - Basic function
            • Display group 8 - Basic functions - Brake System Vacuum Pump (automatic transmission only)
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 10...29 - Ignition, evaluating
            • Display group 10 - Ignition
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle, Angle sensor - 1 - for throttle drive
            • Display group 14 - Ignition - Misfire detection
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 15 - Ignition - Misfire detection cyl. 1 to cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 - Ignition - Misfire detection cyl. 4 to cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display group 15, display zones 1 to 3 or display group 16, display zones 1 to 3 - Ignition misfires cyl. 1 to cyl. 6
            • Display group 20 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 1 to cyl. 4
            • Display group 21 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 5 and cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display group 20, display zones 1 to 4 and display group 21, display zones 1 and 2 - Ignition timing retardation cyl. 1 to cyl. 6
            • Display group 22 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 1 and cyl. 2
            • Display group 23 - Ignition Knock control cyl. 3 and cyl. 4
            • Display group 24 - Ignition - Knock control cyl. 5 and cyl. 6
            • Evaluating display groups 22 to 24, display zones 3 and 4 - Ignition timing retardation cyl. 1 to 6
            • Display group 28 - Ignition - Knock control
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 30...33, 99 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control, evaluating
            • Display group 30 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control
            • Significance of characters in 3 digit number block, display zones 1 and 2 - Status of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before and after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 31 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control constantly operating Oxygen Sensors
            • Display group 32 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 33 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) learned values before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 2 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 34 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluation of display group 34, display zone 4 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging before Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 36 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) (operational readiness)
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) voltage, Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 2 - Diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 41 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) heating
            • Display group 43 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging diagnosis of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Evaluation of display group 43, display zone 4 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) diagnosis - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) aging after Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
            • Display group 46 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) diagnosis (conversion test)
            • Evaluating display group 46, display zone 4 - Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) diagnosis (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control - Oxygen Sensor (O2S) control operating condition
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 50...69 - Speed control, Evaluating
            • Display group 50 - Speed control - Operating condition
            • Display group 54 - Speed control
            • Display group 55 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Significance of figures in 5 digit number block, display zone 4 - Operating conditions
            • Display group 56 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Display group 57 - Speed control - Idling stabilization
            • Display group 60 - Speed control - Electronic power control (EPC) system adaptation
            • Display group 61 - Speed control - Electronic Power Control system
            • Display group 62 - Speed control - Electronic Power Control system
            • Display group 66 - Speed control - Additional signals
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 2 - Switch positions
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 4 - CCS controls switch
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 70...77 - Reducing emissions, evaluating
            • Display group 70 - Reducing emissions - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system regulator valve diagnosis (Fuel Tank ventilation system)
            • Evaluating display group 70, display zone 4 - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system regulator valve diagnosis (Fuel Tank ventilation system)
            • Display group 71 - Reducing emissions - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister system diagnosis (leak diagnosis)
            • Evaluating display group 71, display zone 4 - Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister diagnosis (leak diagnosis)
            • Display group 77 - Reducing emissions - Secondary air system diagnosis
            • Evaluating display group 77, display zone 4 - Secondary air system diagnosis
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 86...89, 100 - Readiness code, evaluating
            • Display group 86 - Readiness code
            • Significance of figures in 8 digit number block, display zone 1 - Readiness code
            • Display group 89 - Distance recorder - Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 - Readiness code
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 90...96 - Performance improvement, evaluating
            • Display group 90 - Performance improvement - Exhaust camshaft timing adjustment
            • Display group 91 - Performance improvement - Inlet camshaft continuously variable timing adjustment
            • Display group 95 - Performance improvement - Variable intake manifold change over
          • Measured value blocks, display groups 120...129 - Communication, evaluating
            • Display group 125 - Communication - Can-bus messages
  • Tune-Up
    • 1.8L - Fuel Injection Ignition, Engine Code(S): AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), features
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), technical data
            • Notes
            • Selectable functions (modes) under address word 33, CARB / OBD II
          • Exhaust gas warning lamp MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp), significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) warning lamp in instrument cluster, significance
            • Notes
            • Functional check:
          • VAG1551 scan tool, connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing and Information System VAS5051 , connecting and selecting engine control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Select operating mode:
            • Select vehicle system:
            • Select diagnostic function:
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
          • DTC memory (functions 02 and 05), checking and erasing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Automatic test sequence
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table: SAE P0 codes
          • DTCs P0010 to P0704, VAG4094 to 17088
          • DTCs P1102 to P1238, VAG17510 to 18570
        • Output Diagnostic Test Mode
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (function 03), performing
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Activating evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge regulator valve N80 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) solenoid valve N112 :
            • Activating secondary air injection (AIR) pump relay J299 :
            • If the LED does not flash but the secondary air injection pump relay clicks:
            • If LED does not flash and secondary air injection pump relay does not click:
            • Activating Wastegate bypass regulator valve N75 :
            • Activate Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 :
            • Activating leak detection pump (LDP) V144 :
            • Activating Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249
        • Readiness code
          • Readiness code
          • Readiness code, reading
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Readiness code for engine code AWP, generating
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Work sequence
            • Test conditions
          • Readiness code for engine code AWW, generating
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
        • Measuring Value Block
          • Safety precautions
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 0 to 9 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 1 (Basic functions)
            • Significance of 8-digit number block for readiness code
            • Evaluating display group 1, display zone 1 - Engine speed (idling speed)
            • Display group 2 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 3 - Injection period
            • Evaluating display group 2, display zone 4 - Air mass drawn in
            • Display group 3 (Basic functions) Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Display group 4 (Basic functions)
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 2 - Control module voltage supply
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 3 - Coolant temperature
            • Evaluating display group 4, display zone 4 - Intake air temperature
            • Display group 5 (Basic functions)
            • Display group 6 (Basic functions)
            • Only engine code AWP with automatic transmission:
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 10 to 29 (Ignition)
            • Display group 10 (Ignition)
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 2 - Engine load
            • Evaluating display group 10, display zone 3 - Throttle valve angle
            • Display group 14 (Ignition) Misfire recognition
            • Display group 15 -Ignition- Misfire recognition Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3
            • Display group 16 -Ignition- misfire recognition Cyl.
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - Total number of misfires
            • Display group 22 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Display group 23 (Ignition) Knock control
            • Evaluating display groups 22/23, display zones 3 and 4 - Retardation of ignition
            • Display group 28 (Ignition) knock control
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 30 to 49, 99, 107 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Display group 30 (oxygen sensor control)
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zones 1 and 2
            • Display group 32 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Evaluating display zone 32, display zones 1 and 2 - Oxygen sensor learned values
            • Display group 33 (oxygen sensor control) Oxygen sensor control values
            • Evaluating display group 33, display zone 1 - oxygen sensor regulator before catalyst
            • Display group 34 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic before catalyst (checking age via cycle duration monitoring)
            • Display group 36 (oxygen sensor control) Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Evaluating display group 36, display zone 1 - Oxygen sensor voltage, oxygen sensor after catalyst
            • Display group 37 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor - dwell period test
            • Display group 41 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor heating
            • Display group 43 (oxygen sensor control) oxygen sensor diagnostic after catalyst (ageing check)
            • Display group 46 (oxygen sensor control) Catalyst diagnostic (conversion test)
            • Display group 99 -Oxygen sensor control - oxygen sensor operating condition
            • Display group 107 -Oxygen sensor control- Diagnostic of fuel system
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 50 to 69 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 50 (Speed regulation) Operating condition
            • Display group 54 (Speed regulation)
            • Display group 55 (Speed regulation) Idling stabilization
            • Significance of 5 digit number block
            • Display group 56 (Speed regulation) Idling speed stabilization
            • Display group 60 (Speed regulation) Adaptation EPC system * See note
            • Display group 61 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Display group 62 (Speed regulation) Electronic Power Control (EPC)
            • Vehicles with automatic transmissions
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP and cruise control system (CCS)
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 2, brake and cruise control switch
            • Significance of the numbers in the 8-digit display, display field 4, cruise control switch
            • Display group 66 -Cruise control system
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 2, brakes, clutch and CCS switches position
            • Significance of the figures in the 4 digit display, display zone 4, CCS control switches
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 70 to 79 (emission reduction)
            • Display group 70 (emission reduction) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) system diagnostic (fuel tank venting system)
            • Display group 71 -Exhaust reduction- Leak diagnostic system
            • Display group 77 (emission reduction) Secondary air system diagnostic
          • Measured value blocks, evaluating display groups 86 to 89, 100 (Readiness code)
            • Display group 89 -Trip odometer- Exhaust Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on
            • Display group 100 (Readiness code)
            • Significance of 8 digit number block for readiness code
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 90 to 97 (Performance increase)
            • Display group 91 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
            • Display group 94 (Performance increase) Camshaft adjustment
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 110 to 119 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 111 - Charge pressure control - adaptation valves for boost pressure limitation
            • Display group 113 - Charge pressure control
            • Evaluating display group 113, display zone 4 - atmospheric pressure
            • Display group 114 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 115 (Charge pressure control)
            • Display group 116 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 117 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 118 - Charge pressure control
            • Display group 119 (Charge pressure control)
          • Measuring value blocks, evaluating display groups 120 to 129 (Communication)
            • Display group 120 -Traction control -ASR-
            • Display group 122 -Transmission (automatic only)
            • Display group 125 -Communication -data bus messages-
            • Display group 126 -Communication -data bus messages-
      • 24 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Injection system, servicing
          • Component locations, overview
          • Injection, general notes
          • Injection system components, removing and installing
          • Air cleaner, disassembling and assembling
          • Fuel rail with injectors, disassembling and assembling
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Oxygen sensor heating for oxygen sensor before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Oxygen sensor heating for Oxygen Sensor (O2S) behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
            • Testing signal and Ground (GND) wires for Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
          • Throttle valve control module, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Voltage supply and wiring to control module, checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. -48 ° C:
            • Continuation of check when display reads approx. 143 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
          • Engine speed (RPM) sensor G28 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Injectors, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking resistance of injectors
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking activation and voltage supply
            • Check injectors for leaks and quantity injected
              • Notes
              • Test conditions
              • Test sequence
              • Checking for leaks
              • Checking injected quantity
          • Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Test sequence
          • Intake air system (unmetered air), checking for leaks
            • Checking with engine leak detector spray G 001 800 A1
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Checking functions
          • Idling check
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking idling speed
          • Idling speed, adapting
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control before catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring
          • Oxygen sensor and oxygen sensor control after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Functional check
            • Significance of 3 digit number block in display zone 1:
            • Possible causes of malfunction if sensor control frequency is too slow:
            • Checking basic voltage
            • Checking oxygen sensor wiring, oxygen sensor 2
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor before catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Oxygen sensor aging, oxygen sensor after catalyst for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Operational readiness of oxygen sensor after catalyst, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Functional check
          • Engine operating mode, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Control module voltage supply, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 30
            • Checking voltage supply terminal 15
          • Procedure after voltage supply open circuit
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, replacing
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, coding
            • Notes
            • Work sequence
          • Coding variations of engine control module
          • Engine control module, adapting to throttle valve control module
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Engine control module, adapting to electronic immobilizer
            • Notes
            • Conditions
            • Work sequence
          • Kick-down point, learning
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
        • Additional signals, checking
          • Vehicle speed signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from/to air conditioning system, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWP, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from clutch pedal switch for engine code AWW, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from brake light switch and brake pedal switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Signal from power steering pressure switch, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Checking wiring connections
          • Cruise Control System (CCS), checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Driving range signal, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Data bus, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • If resistance measurement is outside specified range:
            • If resistance value is within specified range:
      • 28 Ignition/Glow plug system
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor G40 , checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Notes
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Notes
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Notes
              • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
              • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
    • 1.8L - Generic Scan Tool, Engine Code(S): AWP, AWW, AWD (A4 Platform)
      • 20 - Fuel supply
        • Fuel Supply System
          • Fuel Supply System
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules for cleanliness
          • Fuel pump, checking
          • Checking fuel pressure
          • Checking fuel delivery
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) System
          • EVAP system, leak detection
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister system, checking for proper seal
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve N80 , checking
          • Leak Detection Pump (LDP) V144 , checking
        • Electronic engine power control (EPC)
          • Function of "EPC" system
          • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor G79 / Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 G185 , checking
      • 21 - Turbocharger, G-Charger
        • Turbocharger
          • Turbocharger
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Turbocharger Recirculating Valve N249 , checking
          • Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve N75 , checking
        • Charge air system
          • General notes
          • Safety precautions
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 , checking
      • 24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
        • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Motronic fuel injection system, servicing
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Observe the following if test and measuring instruments are required during a test drive:
          • Rules of cleanliness
          • Technical data
        • Components, checking
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 before catalytic converter, heater circuit checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , heater circuit checking
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor G70 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking voltage supply
            • Checking Ground (GND)
            • Checking electrical circuit
            • Final procedures
          • Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , checking
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor G62 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display is approx. - 40.0 ° C
            • Testing if display approx. 140.0 ° C
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor G42 , checking
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Test procedure
            • Start diagnosis
            • Checking internal resistance
            • Testing if display approx. -40 ° C or approx. -46 ° C:
            • Testing if display approx. 140 ° C:
            • Checking wiring
            • Final procedures
          • Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor G28 , checking
          • Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33 , checking
        • Function tests
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) G39 and oxygen sensor regulation before catalytic converter, checking
          • Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) G130 , checking
        • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220
          • Function
          • Voltage supply, checking
          • Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 , replacing
          • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay J17 , checking
        • Additional signals (engine), checking
          • Speed Signal, checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, checking
      • 26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
        • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Exhaust system components, removing and installing
          • Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), checking
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System
          • Principle and function
          • Combination Valve for Secondary Air Injection (AIR), checking function and proper seal
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- , checking
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- , checking
      • 28 - Ignition/Glow plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Safety precautions
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor G40 Engine codes AWP, AWW Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 G163 Engine code AWD, checking
          • Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , checking (Engine Code AWP)
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 G61 / Knock Sensor (KS) 2 G66 , checking
          • Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292 , checking
      • 38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls
        • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Electrical components for 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M, checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G38 , checking
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Electrical components for 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A with Tiptronic, checking
          • Notes
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor G93 , checking
          • Multi-Function Transmission Range (TR) Switch F125 , checking
          • Transmission Input Speed (RPM) Sensor G182 , checking
          • Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor G265 , checking
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) G68 , checking
          • Solenoid Valves in Valve Body , checking
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217
          • Function
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 , voltage supply, checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 voltage supply checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing
            • Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 replacing, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09G
        • Additional signals (Automatic Transmission), checking
          • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 4 Spd. Automatic Transmission 01M
            • CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module (TCM) J217 to Engine Control Module (ECM) J220 checking, 5 Spd. Automatic Transmission 09A
      • ST - Generic Scan Tool
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Generic Scan Tool (GST) Manual Contents
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) Systems
          • Serial Data Link (MIL) Illumination
          • Controller Area Network (CAN) Data Link
          • Electronic Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp
        • Diagnostic modes
          • Diagnostic Modes Description
          • Diagnostic Mode 01: Obtain data
          • Diagnostic Mode 02: Obtain operating conditions
          • Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory
          • Interrogating the Fault Memory
          • Diagnostic Mode 04: Reset/delete diagnostic data
          • Diagnostic Mode 05: Check lambda test results
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
          • Diagnostic Mode 06: Checking test results of components that are not continuously monitored
            • Notes
            • Test-ID 01 ($01): Catalytic Conversion (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 1
            • Test-ID $03 (03): Secondary Air Injection (AIR) System (Bank 1)
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Vent Valve Function Check
            • Test-ID $05 (05): Tank Ventilation System, Tank Leak Test
          • Diagnostic Mode 07: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored
          • Diagnostic Mode 08: Tank leak test
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Function test
          • Diagnostic Mode 09: Vehicle information
        • General Diagnosis
          • Preliminary check
        • Readiness Code
          • Readiness Code Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) tables
          • SAE P0xxx DTCs
          • SAE P1xxx-DTCs
          • SAE P2xxx DTCs
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWD, AWP, AWW Generic (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/Glow Plug System
        • Ignition, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWD)
          • Parts of the ignition, removing and installing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Camshaft adjustment, servicing (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
          • Safety precautions
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with engine code AWD
            • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
          • Test Data, Spark Plugs
          • Check Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with power output stages, checking
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking voltage supply
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
            • Checking activation
              • Notes
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Check knock sensors
            • Notes
            • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Checking resistance values of knock sensors
              • Vehicles with engine code AWD
              • Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW
              • Checking wiring
          • Valve for camshaft adjustment, checking (Vehicles with engine code AWP, AWW)
            • Function
              • Notes
              • Recommended special tools and equipment
            • Test requirements
            • Test sequence
    • 1.8L - Ignition/Glow Plug System - AWW, AWP (A4 Platform)
      • Ignition/glow Plug System
        • Ignition system, servicing
          • General notes on ignition system
          • Ignition system components, removing and installing
          • Safety precautions
          • Test data, spark plugs
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor 2 -G163-, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
          • Ignition coils with output stage, checking
            • Special tools, test equipment and auxiliary items
            • Check conditions
            • Test sequence
              • Checking voltage supply
              • Checking activation
              • Checking wiring
          • Knock sensor, checking
            • Notes
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Checking function
            • Continuation:
            • Checking resistance of knock sensors
            • Checking wiring
          • Misfiring recognition, checking
            • Special tools and equipment
            • Test conditions
            • Test sequence
            • Evaluating display group 14, display zone 3 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires
            • Evaluating display groups 15, display zones 1 to 3 and display group 16, display zone 1 - total number of exhaust damaging misfires Cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4
  • Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
      • Notes
      • Beetle, Golf, GTI & JETTA
        • Gasoline
        • Diesel
      • PASSAT
      • Phaeton
      • TOUAREG
        • Notes
        • Diesel
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Readiness Code Generating
      • General Description
      • General Recommendations
      • Operating Conditions
      • Requirements
      • Drive Cycle Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index - 1.8L (AWD, AWW & AWP Engines)
    • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • * Platform Identification *
      • Platform Identification
        • Notes
        • A3 Platform Cabrio, Golf, GTI, & Jetta (Early Production 1999)
        • A4 Platform Golf, GTI, & Jetta (Late Production 1999)
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • Euro English-To-U.S. Translations
      • Introduction
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (EGR)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Oxygen Sensor)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Notes
        • Mileage Counter Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Notes
        • Using Buttons in Instrument Cluster (Basic Message Display)
        • Using The Windshield Wiper Lever Buttons (Premium Message Display)
        • Using The Buttons In Multifunction Steering Wheel
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Notes
        • Resetting The Oil Change Reminder
        • Resetting The Inspection Reminder
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Resetting the service interval display with a digital instrument cluster Pro version
        • Resetting the service interval display with a digital instrument cluster Basic version
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Light
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Notes
        • Basic Setting
        • After Wheel Or Pressure Change
        • Wheel Sets With Different Pressure Specifications
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Light
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
  • Restraints
    • Air Bag Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Golf, GTI, JETTA, JETTA Wagon, New Beetle, PASSAT & PASSAT Wagon
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Golf, GTI, JETTA, JETTA Wagon, New Beetle, PASSAT & PASSAT Wagon
    • Air Bag/SRS Component Inspection & Replacement Tables - EUROPEAN
      • ALFA Romeo (1991-95)
      • AUDI (1989-04)
      • BMW (1986-04)
      • Jaguar (1990-04)
      • Land Rover (1995-04)
      • MERCEDES-BENZ (1986-04)
      • Mini (2002-04)
      • PORSCHE (1987-04)
      • SAAB (1989-04)
      • VOLKSWAGEN (1990-04)
      • VOLVO (1987-04)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures (A4 Platform)
      • Specifications Index
        • 1.8L (Engine Codes: AWP, AWW, AWD)
        • 1.9L (Engine Code: ALH)
        • 1.9L (Engine Code: BEW)
        • 2.0L (Engine Codes: AEG, AVH, AZG, BBW, BEV)
        • 2.8L (Engine Code: AFP)
        • 2.8L (Engine Code: BDF)
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • A/C Compressor
    • Heating, Ventilation Air Conditioning (A4 Platform)
      • 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General Information
        • Climatronic On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through MY 2001
          • General Information
          • Tools and Equipment
          • VAS 5051 or VAG 1551 , connecting
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051 , connecting and selecting functions
            • VAG 1551 , connecting and selecting functions
          • Climatronic On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through m.y. 2001, initiating checking control module versions
            • Notes
            • List of available functions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
            • Notes
            • Control head display segments, checking
          • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Climatronic Control Module J255 , coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Table of selectable display group numbers
      • 80 - Heating, Ventilation
        • Heating Ventilation System
          • Heating and ventilation system, servicing
            • Notes
            • Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Instrument panel cross member, loosening and tightening
            • Defroster duct, installation position
            • Connecting duct, removing
            • Rear footwell air duct, removing
            • Side window air outlet, removing
            • Center air outlet - Golf/GTI, removing
            • Center air outlet - Jetta, removing
            • Passengers air outlet - Golf/GTI and Jetta, removing
            • Drivers air outlet - Golf/GTI and Jetta, removing
          • Heating and ventilation controls, assembly
          • Heating and ventilation controls, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Heating and ventilation cables, installing and adjusting
            • Notes
            • Temperature flap cable, adjusting
            • Footwell/defroster flap cable, adjusting
            • Central flap cable, adjusting
          • Ventilation system, checking
          • Heating and ventilation unit, assembly
            • Notes
            • Heating and ventilation unit, removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Central flap lever, adjusting
            • Heater core bulkhead seal, installation position
            • Fresh/Recirculating Air Door Motor V154 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
      • 87 - Air Conditioning
        • Manual A/C System
          • Manual A/C system components in passenger compartment, servicing
            • Notes
            • Fresh/Recirculating Air Door Motor V154 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Heating and A/C controls, assembly
          • Heating and A/C controls, removing and installing
          • Heating and A/C cables, installing and adjusting
            • Notes
            • Temperature flap cable, adjusting
            • Footwell/defroster flap cable, adjusting
            • Central flap cable, adjusting
          • Manual A/C system components in engine compartment, servicing
            • Notes
            • Evaporator water drain valve, checking
        • Climatronic
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Climatronic components, checking and adjusting with VAS 5051
          • Climatronic components in passenger compartment, servicing
            • Notes
            • Footwell Outlet Temperature Sensor G192 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 , removing
            • Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • A/C Display Control Head E87 , functions
          • A/C Display Control Head E87 with Climatronic Control Module J255 , removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Air flap motors (for climate control regulation), replacing
            • Notes
            • Air Flow Flap Motor V71 , removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Temperature Regulator Flap Motor V68 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Central Air Flap Motor V70 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Footwell/defrost flap motor V85 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Climatronic components in engine compartment, servicing
        • A/C Refrigerant System
          • Safety measures
          • A/C refrigerant R-134a, properties
            • Commercial designation
            • Color
            • Temperature/pressure relationship
            • Refrigerant oil
            • Airborne properties
            • Affects on plastic
            • Affects on metal
            • Water solubility
            • Flammability
            • Refrigerant containers
            • Leak detection
            • R-134a refrigerant oil
          • A/C refrigerant system, identification
            • A/C refrigerant circuit with expansion valve and receiver drier
          • A/C refrigerant system, component overview
            • Compressor
            • Condenser
            • Receiver drier
            • Expansion valve
            • Evaporator
            • O-rings
            • Pressure relief valve
            • A/C Pressure Switch F129
            • High Pressure Sensor G65
            • A/C system hoses and lines
          • A/C refrigerant system, replacing components
        • A/C Refrigerant System - Servicing
          • A/C Refrigerant System - Servicing
          • A/C refrigerant system controls, component overview
          • A/C refrigerant system controls, servicing
            • Low pressure service valve, removing
            • High pressure service valve, removing
            • Pressure relief valve, checking
            • A/C Pressure Switch F129 , electrical checking
            • A/C Pressure Switch F129 , functional checks
            • High Pressure Sensor G65 , checking
              • Notes
              • Checking
            • Expansion valve, removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Condenser, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Heating and A/C unit, assembly
            • Notes
            • Heating and A/C unit, removing and installing
              • Overview
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Evaporator seal, installing
            • Evaporator inlet/outlet seal, installing
          • A/C refrigerant system pressures and temperatures, checking
            • Notes
            • Pressure and temperature specifications
          • A/C refrigerant system, testing with pressure gauges
            • Notes
            • Measuring pressure and temperature in a "switched-on" refrigerant system
            • Measuring pressure and temperature in a closed container or "switched-off" refrigerant system
          • A/C refrigerant system, discharging
          • A/C refrigerant system, flushing with compressed air and nitrogen
            • Notes
            • Flushing
          • A/C refrigerant system, evacuating and recharging
        • A/C Refrigerant System - Troubleshooting
          • Requirements
          • Compressor noisy
            • Notes
            • A/C compressor noisy immediately after switching A/C ON and/or when driving around corners or braking (refrigerant shock), system overcharged
            • With an otherwise properly operating A/C system, water sprays out of instrument panel vents
          • A/C refrigerant system pressures, checking
          • A/C refrigerant system cooling performance, checking
          • A/C refrigerant system, checking for leaks
        • A/C Refrigerant System - Capacities
          • A/C Refrigerant System - Capacities
          • Refrigerant R-134a, capacity
          • Refrigerant (PAG) oil R-134a, identification
          • Refrigerant (PAG) oil R-134a, capacity
          • Refrigerant (PAG) oil R-134a, distribution
        • A/C Compressor and Bracket
          • A/C Compressor and Bracket
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engine, assembly
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
            • A/C compressor, securing to body
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
          • 4-cylinder TDI-PD engine
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
          • 6-cylinder engine, assembly
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Sanden, servicing
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Sanden, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Hex nut, removing and installing
            • Clutch plate, removing
            • Clutch pulley, removing
            • Clutch coil, installing
            • Clutch plate gap, checking
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Zexel, servicing
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Zexel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Clutch plate bolt, removing
            • Clutch plate, removing
            • Clutch pulley, removing
            • Clutch pulley, installing
            • Clutch coil, installing
            • Clutch plate gap, checking
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter - A4 Platform
      • Identification
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Air Conditioning (From Late Production 1999) (A4 Platform)
      • Model Application
        • 1999 Models
      • Manual A/C
        • Heating And A/C Components In Passenger Compartment, Servicing
          • Notes
          • Servo Motor For Fresh/Recirculating Air Door -V154-, Removing And Installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Heating And A/C Controls, Removing And Installing
          • Special Tools And Equipment Required
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Heating And A/C Controls, Assembly
        • Cables, Installing And Adjusting
          • Notes
          • Temperature flap cable, installing and adjusting
            • Prerequisites:
            • Adjusting
          • Footwell/defroster flap cable, adjusting
            • Prerequisite:
            • Adjusting
          • Central flap cable, installing and adjusting
            • Prerequisites:
            • Adjusting
        • Heating And A/C Components In Engine Compartment, Servicing
          • Notes
          • Evaporator water drain valve, checking
      • CLIMATRONIC
        • General Information
          • Notes
          • Climate control options
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Components, Checking And Adjusting With VAS 5051
        • A/C Control Head -E87-, Function
        • Climatronic Components In Passenger Compartment, Servicing
          • Notes
          • Sender for outlet temperature, floor outlet -G192-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sunlight photo sensor -G107, removing
          • Control module for fresh air blower -J126-, removing
          • Fresh air blower -V2-, removing
            • Notes
            • Removing
        • A/C Control Head -E87- With Climatronic Control Module -J255-, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Air Flap Motors (For Climate Control Regulation), Replacing
          • Notes
          • Air flow flap motor -V71-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Temperature flap motor -V68-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Central flap motor -V70-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Footwell/defrost flap motor -V85-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Climatronic Components In Engine Compartment, Servicing
      • A/C Refrigerant System
        • Safety Measures
        • A/C Refrigerant R-134A, Properties
          • Commercial Designation
          • Color
          • Temperature/Pressure Relationship
          • Refrigerant Oil
          • Airborne Properties
          • Affects On Plastic
          • Affects On Metal
          • Water solubility
          • Flammability
          • Refrigerant Containers
          • Leak Detection
          • R-134A Refrigerant Oil
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Identification
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant Circuit With Expansion Valve And Receiver Drier
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Component Overview
          • Compressor
          • Condenser
          • Receiver Drier
          • Expansion Valve
          • Evaporator
          • O-Rings
          • Pressure Relief Valve
          • A/C Pressure Switch -F129-
          • High Pressure Sensor -G65-
          • A/C System Hoses And Lines
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Replacing Components
      • A/C Refrigerant System, Servicing
        • Notes
        • Low Pressure Service Valve, Removing
        • High Pressure Service Valve, Removing
        • Pressure Relief Valve, Checking
        • A/C Pressure Switch -F129-, Checking
          • Notes
          • -F129- Functional Checks
        • High Pressure Sensor -G65-, Checking
          • Notes
          • Special Tools And Equipment Required
          • Test Conditions
          • Making Connections
          • Checking
          • Test Results, Evaluating
        • Expansion Valve, Removing/Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly
          • Removing
        • Condenser, Removing And Installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
        • Heating And A/C Unit, Removing/Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly
          • Removing
          • Evaporator Seal, Installing
          • Evaporator Inlet/Outlet Seal, Installing
        • A/C Refrigerant System Pressures And Temperatures, Checking
          • Notes
          • Pressure and temperature specifications
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Testing With Pressure Gauges
          • Notes
          • Measuring pressure and temperature in a "switched-on" refrigerant system
          • Measuring pressure and temperature in a closed container or "switched-off" refrigerant system
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Discharging
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Flushing With Compressed Air And Nitrogen
          • Notes
          • Flushing
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Evacuating And Recharging
      • A/C Refrigerant System, Troubleshooting
        • Requirements
        • Compressor Noisy
        • A/C Refrigerant System Pressures, Checking
          • Notes
          • Test conditions
          • Test 1: Air temperature drop from center instrument panel outlet, checking (A/C system cooling performance)
            • Notes
            • Specified Result
          • Test 2: A/C system high pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Specified result
          • Test 3: A/C system low pressure, checking
            • Notes
            • Specified Result
          • Test 1, 2 & 3
        • A/C Refrigerant System Cooling Performance, Checking
          • Notes
          • Test conditions
          • Checking
          • Specified Result
        • A/C Refrigerant System, Checking For Leaks
      • A/C Refrigerant System, Capacities
        • Refrigerant R-134A, Capacity
        • Refrigerant (PAG) Oil R-134A, Identification
        • Refrigerant (PAG) Oil R-134A, Capacity
        • Refrigerant (PAG) Oil R-134A, Distribution
      • Compressor Bracket, Removing And Installing
        • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engine
          • Notes
          • Ribbed Belt Routing
        • 6-Cylinder Engine
          • Notes
          • Ribbed Belt Routing
        • 4-Cylinder TDI Engine
          • Notes
          • Ribbed Belt, Removing (1.9L, Engine Code Alh Only)
          • Idler Pulley, Removing And Installing
          • Ribbed Belt Routing (Engine Code ALH Only)
        • A/C Clutch -N25- (Sanden), Servicing
          • Notes
          • A/C Clutch -N25- (Sanden), Removing And Installing
            • Notes
            • Hex Nut, Removing And Installing
            • Clutch Plate, Removing
            • Clutch Pulley, Removing
            • Clutch Coil, Installing
            • Clutch Plate Gap, Checking
        • A/C Clutch -N25- (Zexel), Servicing
          • Notes
          • A/C Clutch -N25- (Zexel), Removing And Installing
            • Clutch Plate Bolt, Removing
            • Clutch Plate, Removing
            • Clutch Pulley, Removing
            • Clutch Pulley, Installing
            • Clutch Coil, Installing
            • Clutch Plate Gap, Checking
    • Heating, Ventilation Air Conditioning (A4 Platform)
      • 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • General Information
        • Climatronic On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through MY 2001
          • General Information
          • Tools and Equipment
          • VAS 5051 or VAG 1551 , connecting
            • Notes
            • VAS 5051 , connecting and selecting functions
            • VAG 1551 , connecting and selecting functions
          • Climatronic On Board Diagnostic (OBD) through m.y. 2001, initiating checking control module versions
            • Notes
            • List of available functions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking (function 02)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM) (function 03)
            • Notes
            • Control head display segments, checking
          • Basic Setting (function 04)
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, erasing (function 05)
          • End Output (function 06)
          • Climatronic Control Module J255 , coding (function 07)
          • Read Measuring Value Block (function 08)
            • Notes
            • Table of selectable display group numbers
      • 80 - Heating, Ventilation
        • Heating Ventilation System
          • Heating and ventilation system, servicing
            • Notes
            • Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Dust and pollen filter, removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Instrument panel cross member, loosening and tightening
            • Defroster duct, installation position
            • Connecting duct, removing
            • Rear footwell air duct, removing
            • Side window air outlet, removing
            • Center air outlet - Golf/GTI, removing
            • Center air outlet - Jetta, removing
            • Passengers air outlet - Golf/GTI and Jetta, removing
            • Drivers air outlet - Golf/GTI and Jetta, removing
          • Heating and ventilation controls, assembly
          • Heating and ventilation controls, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Heating and ventilation cables, installing and adjusting
            • Notes
            • Temperature flap cable, adjusting
            • Footwell/defroster flap cable, adjusting
            • Central flap cable, adjusting
          • Ventilation system, checking
          • Heating and ventilation unit, assembly
            • Notes
            • Heating and ventilation unit, removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Central flap lever, adjusting
            • Heater core bulkhead seal, installation position
            • Fresh/Recirculating Air Door Motor V154 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
      • 87 - Air Conditioning
        • Manual A/C System
          • Manual A/C system components in passenger compartment, servicing
            • Notes
            • Fresh/Recirculating Air Door Motor V154 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Heating and A/C controls, assembly
          • Heating and A/C controls, removing and installing
          • Heating and A/C cables, installing and adjusting
            • Notes
            • Temperature flap cable, adjusting
            • Footwell/defroster flap cable, adjusting
            • Central flap cable, adjusting
          • Manual A/C system components in engine compartment, servicing
            • Notes
            • Evaporator water drain valve, checking
        • Climatronic
          • General information
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Climatronic components, checking and adjusting with VAS 5051
          • Climatronic components in passenger compartment, servicing
            • Notes
            • Footwell Outlet Temperature Sensor G192 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Sunlight Photo Sensor G107 , removing
            • Fresh Air Blower Control Module J126 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Fresh Air Blower V2 , removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • A/C Display Control Head E87 , functions
          • A/C Display Control Head E87 with Climatronic Control Module J255 , removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Air flap motors (for climate control regulation), replacing
            • Notes
            • Air Flow Flap Motor V71 , removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Temperature Regulator Flap Motor V68 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Central Air Flap Motor V70 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Footwell/defrost flap motor V85 , removing and installing
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Climatronic components in engine compartment, servicing
        • A/C Refrigerant System
          • Safety measures
          • A/C refrigerant R-134a, properties
            • Commercial designation
            • Color
            • Temperature/pressure relationship
            • Refrigerant oil
            • Airborne properties
            • Affects on plastic
            • Affects on metal
            • Water solubility
            • Flammability
            • Refrigerant containers
            • Leak detection
            • R-134a refrigerant oil
          • A/C refrigerant system, identification
            • A/C refrigerant circuit with expansion valve and receiver drier
          • A/C refrigerant system, component overview
            • Compressor
            • Condenser
            • Receiver drier
            • Expansion valve
            • Evaporator
            • O-rings
            • Pressure relief valve
            • A/C Pressure Switch F129
            • High Pressure Sensor G65
            • A/C system hoses and lines
          • A/C refrigerant system, replacing components
        • A/C Refrigerant System - Servicing
          • A/C Refrigerant System - Servicing
          • A/C refrigerant system controls, component overview
          • A/C refrigerant system controls, servicing
            • Low pressure service valve, removing
            • High pressure service valve, removing
            • Pressure relief valve, checking
            • A/C Pressure Switch F129 , electrical checking
            • A/C Pressure Switch F129 , functional checks
            • High Pressure Sensor G65 , checking
              • Notes
              • Checking
            • Expansion valve, removing and installing
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
          • Condenser, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Heating and A/C unit, assembly
            • Notes
            • Heating and A/C unit, removing and installing
              • Overview
              • Notes
              • Removing
              • Installing
            • Evaporator seal, installing
            • Evaporator inlet/outlet seal, installing
          • A/C refrigerant system pressures and temperatures, checking
            • Notes
            • Pressure and temperature specifications
          • A/C refrigerant system, testing with pressure gauges
            • Notes
            • Measuring pressure and temperature in a "switched-on" refrigerant system
            • Measuring pressure and temperature in a closed container or "switched-off" refrigerant system
          • A/C refrigerant system, discharging
          • A/C refrigerant system, flushing with compressed air and nitrogen
            • Notes
            • Flushing
          • A/C refrigerant system, evacuating and recharging
        • A/C Refrigerant System - Troubleshooting
          • Requirements
          • Compressor noisy
            • Notes
            • A/C compressor noisy immediately after switching A/C ON and/or when driving around corners or braking (refrigerant shock), system overcharged
            • With an otherwise properly operating A/C system, water sprays out of instrument panel vents
          • A/C refrigerant system pressures, checking
          • A/C refrigerant system cooling performance, checking
          • A/C refrigerant system, checking for leaks
        • A/C Refrigerant System - Capacities
          • A/C Refrigerant System - Capacities
          • Refrigerant R-134a, capacity
          • Refrigerant (PAG) oil R-134a, identification
          • Refrigerant (PAG) oil R-134a, capacity
          • Refrigerant (PAG) oil R-134a, distribution
        • A/C Compressor and Bracket
          • A/C Compressor and Bracket
          • 4-cylinder gasoline engine, assembly
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
            • A/C compressor, securing to body
          • 4-cylinder TDI engine
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
          • 4-cylinder TDI-PD engine
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
          • 6-cylinder engine, assembly
            • Notes
            • Ribbed belt, routing
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Sanden, servicing
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Sanden, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Hex nut, removing and installing
            • Clutch plate, removing
            • Clutch pulley, removing
            • Clutch coil, installing
            • Clutch plate gap, checking
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Zexel, servicing
          • A/C Clutch N25 - Zexel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Clutch plate bolt, removing
            • Clutch plate, removing
            • Clutch pulley, removing
            • Clutch pulley, installing
            • Clutch coil, installing
            • Clutch plate gap, checking
    • Refrigerant R134A - Servicing (A4 Platform)
      • 00 - Technical data
        • General information on A/C system
          • Introduction
          • Other reference material
          • Principles of air conditioning systems
            • Physical principles:
            • Heat always flows from warmer to colder substance
            • Pressure and boiling point
          • Vapor pressure table for refrigerant R134a
          • Refrigerant R134a
            • Notes
            • Physical data of refrigerant R134a
            • Critical point
            • Environmental aspects of refrigerant R134a
          • Characteristics of refrigerant R134a
            • Trade names and designations
            • Color
            • Vapor pressure
            • Physical characteristics of R134a
            • Reaction with metals
            • Critical temperature/critical pressure
            • Water content
            • Combustibility
            • Charge factor
            • Leak detection
          • Refrigerant oil
            • Notes
            • Characteristics of refrigerant oil
          • Comfort
            • Notes
            • Environmental aspects
          • Mode of operation of air conditioning system
          • General work safety
            • Notes
            • Product characteristics
            • Handling refrigerant
            • Wear protective goggles
            • Wear protective gloves and apron
            • Do not allow liquid refrigerant to come into contact with the skin
            • Do not inhale refrigerant vapor
            • Absolutely no smoking
            • Welding and soldering on refrigeration systems
            • Pungent odor
            • First aid
            • Handling pressure vessels
            • Do not warm above 50 ° C
            • Do not heat in an uncontrolled manner
            • Seal empty vessels
            • Safety regulations for working with extraction and charging systems
          • Safety measures for working on vehicles with air conditioning system and for handling refrigerant R134a
          • Basic rules for working on refrigerant circuit
            • Notes
            • O-ring seals
            • Before starting up A/C system after fresh charging
        • General information on refrigerant circuit
          • Components of refrigerant circuit
            • Notes
            • Arrangement of refrigerant circuit components and their influence on high and low pressure sides
            • A/C compressor with magnetic clutch:
            • A/C compressor without magnetic clutch
            • A/C compressor without magnetic clutch with torsion-elastic clutch
            • Condenser
            • Evaporator
            • Accumulator
            • Restrictor
            • Receiver
            • Expansion valve
            • O-ring seals
            • Refrigerant circuit pipes and hoses
            • Pressure relief valve
          • Design of refrigerant circuit
            • Refrigerant circuit with expansion valve and one evaporator
            • Refrigerant circuit with restrictor and reservoir
          • Connections for quick-release coupling on refrigerant circuit
            • Notes
            • Evacuating and charging valve with Schrader valve
            • Evacuating and charging valve high pressure side
            • Evacuating and charging valve low pressure side
          • Switches and sensors on refrigerant circuit and corresponding connections
            • Notes
            • A/C Refrigerant High Pressure Switch F23
            • A/C Refrigerant High Pressure Switch F118
            • A/C Refrigerant Low Pressure Switch F73
            • Connections with valve for switches on refrigerant circuit
            • A/C Pressure Switch F129
            • High Pressure Sensor G65
            • A/C Pressure/temperature Sensor G395
            • A/C Refrigerant Shut-Off Valve N43
            • A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280
          • Electrical components not installed on the refrigerant circuit
            • A/C Programmer J127
            • Coolant FC (Fan Control) Control Module J293
            • A/C Evaporator Temperature Switch E33
            • Evaporator Vent Temperature Sensor G263 or Evaporator Temperature Sensor G308
          • Pressures and temperatures in refrigerant circuit
          • Refrigerant circuit with expansion valve
          • Refrigerant circuit with restrictor and reservoir
          • Tests and measurements performed using pressure gauge
            • Notes
            • Pressure gauge makes the following tests and measurements possible
          • A/C Service and recycling units
            • Notes
            • Classification of extraction systems in groups
            • Charging systems not requiring a permit
          • Refrigerant circuit repair information
        • Laws and regulations
          • Laws and regulations
          • Recycling and refuse law
            • Notes
            • Refrigerant and refrigerant oil, disposal
          • Converting R12 refrigerant circuit to R134a refrigerant circuit and servicing (retrofit)
          • Keeping refrigerant records
        • Refrigerant circuit
          • Important repair notes on air conditioning systems
          • Converting refrigerant circuits from R12 refrigerant to R134a refrigerant
        • Working with the service station
          • Working with the service station
            • Important notes for working with the service station
          • Service station, connecting for measurement and testing
          • Discharging refrigerant circuit using service station
          • Charging refrigerant circuit using service station
          • A/C system, operating after charging
          • Transferring refrigerant to charging cylinder of A/C service station
          • Draining service station
        • Leak detection on refrigerant circuit
          • Leaks in refrigerant circuit, finding using Electronic Leak Detector V.A.G 1796
          • Tracing refrigerant circuit leaks using leak detector VAS 6196 or leak detection system VAS 6201.
          • Leaks in refrigerant circuit, finding with pressure (e.g. nitrogen)
        • Refrigerant circuit, removing contaminants
          • Refrigerant circuit, flushing with compressed air and nitrogen
            • Notes
            • Blowing through refrigerant circuit
          • Refrigerant circuit, flushing (cleaning) with refrigerant R134a
            • Notes
            • Tools required
            • Preparation
            • Flushing
            • Sequence of flushing procedure (sequence occurs automatically according to the A/C service station program)
            • Block diagrams for various flushing circuits
              • Notes
              • Refrigerant circuit with restrictor and reservoir
              • Refrigerant circuit with expansion valve, fluid reservoir and second evaporator
            • Adapter for assembling the flushing circuit
        • Complaints
          • Possible complaints about refrigerant circuit
            • Notes
            • Test prerequisites:
            • Possible complaints
        • Service station, connecting
          • on vehicles that have a connection on the low and high pressure side of the refrigerant circuit
            • Service station, connecting for measurement and testing
        • Checking pressures on vehicles
          • Refrigerant circuit, checking pressures (using service station)
            • Notes
            • Test requirements
            • Pressures, checking
            • Continuation of checking pressures
          • with restrictor and reservoir (with internally regulator A/C compressor), checking
            • Notes
            • Specified values:
          • Checking with expansion valve and reservoir (with internally regulated A/C compressor)
            • Notes
            • Specified values:
          • checking with expansion valve and reservoir (without regulated A/C compressor)
            • Test requirements
            • Checking
            • Specified values
          • Checking with restrictor, reservoir and A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 (externally regulated compressor)
            • Notes
            • Specified values:
          • Checking with expansion valve, reservoir and A/C Compressor Regulator Valve N280 (externally regulated compressor)
            • Notes
            • Specified values:
        • Components, replacing
          • Components, replacing
          • Components leaking or damaged (except A/C compressor, accumulator or receiver)
            • The refrigerant circuit was completely empty
            • There is no refrigerant in refrigerant circuit
          • A/C compressor, replacing
            • without the need for removing contaminants from the refrigerant circuit (flushing), e.g. in case of external damage after an accident
            • Replacing compressor on account of leakage or internal damage (e.g. noise or no output)
          • Fluid reservoir or reservoir and restrictor, replacing
            • After contaminants are removed from refrigerant circuit, e.g. due to moisture entering (refrigerant circuit was open for a long time) or due to contamination
            • Replacing without the need for removing contaminants from refrigerant circuit (e.g. in the event of accident damage); no escape of refrigerant and no penetration of moisture and dirt into circuit
        • Testing equipment and tools
          • List of testing equipment, tools and materials
            • Notes
            • Tools and materials available from regional sales center or importer
              • Overview
              • A/C service station VAS 6007A (and other or currently available service stations)
              • Refrigerant Circuit Flushing Device VAS 6337/1 (Behr)
              • Refrigerant Circuit Flushing Device VAS 6336/1 (Waeco)
              • Leak detector V.A.G 1796
              • Leak Detection System VAS 6196
              • Leak detection system VAS 6201
              • Release tool VAS 6127/1 release tool VAS 6127/2
              • Release Tool VAS 6127/3
              • Counterhold V.A.G 1616 for clutch plate (for "Sanden" A/C compressors)
              • Puller V.A.G 1616/1 (for "Sanden" A/C compressors)
              • A/C Clutch Set V.A.G 1719 (for "Zexel" A/C compressors)
              • Adapter Set V.A.G 1785/1-10
              • V.A.G 1785/1 - V.A.G 1785/4
              • V.A.G 1785/5 - V.A.G 1785/7
              • M 28x1.5 V.A.G 1785/8
              • Valve adapter
            • Commercially available tools and materials
              • Overview
              • Fin comb
              • Charging hoses
              • Connection piece for refrigerant cylinder with seal, quick-release coupling connection or threaded connection 5/8" - 18 UNF
              • Valve caps with spare seals (for 5/8"-18 UNF thread)
              • Pressure gauge set with pressure reducer for nitrogen (max. reducing pressure: 15 bar)
              • Quick-release coupling adapter for service connections
            • Improvised tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance (A4 Platform)
      • 01 - Maintenance
        • Engine overview
        • Service work
        • Oil change service
        • Delivery inspection
        • Maintenance service
        • General
          • General
          • Equipment which has been packed inside vehicle, installing
          • Engine compartment trim (sound insulation), removing and installing
          • Initial Installation of engine compartment cover (sound insulation) (R32)
          • Type plate
          • Diagnostic scan tool, connecting
          • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
          • Service sticker, applying
            • Apply sticker "First service" (delivery inspection):
            • Apply sticker "Next service" :
          • Apply data sticker in service schedule (for customers)
            • Notes
            • Affix data sticker in luggage compartment
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Engine code and engine number
          • Vehicle, lifting
            • Notes
            • Lifting points for vehicle hoist
            • Golf "R32" , lifting
            • Lifting points for floor jack:
          • Tow starting/towing
            • Notes
            • Front towing eye
            • Rear towing eye
            • For vehicles with all wheel drive:
        • Description of work (part 1 of 2)
          • Instrument panel cluster, adapting language
          • Transport Mode, deactivating
          • Power windows, 8-way memory seat, perform initialization (activation)
            • Power windows, perform initialization
            • 8-way memory seat, perform initialization
          • Clock, setting
          • Climatronic, setting temperature to 72 F (22 C)
          • Radio and radio/navigation system, activating anti-theft coding
          • Wheel cover caps
          • Wheel bolts, tighten to correct torque setting
          • Wheelhousing liner, bolting to front apron (only anniversary Golf GTI with 132 kW engine)
          • Transportation device, blocking pieces on front axle springs, removing
          • Battery, check battery terminals for secure seating
          • Battery, checking
          • Engine oil level, checking
          • Airbag for driver and passenger, visual inspection of airbag components
            • Driver side airbag
            • Front passenger side airbag
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), check DTC memory of all systems
          • Door check strap, lubricating
          • Sunroof, checking function, cleaning and lubricating guide rails
          • Windshield wash/wipe system and headlight wash system, check function
            • Notes
            • Checking windshield wash/wipe system freeze protection concentration, add fluid if necessary
            • Mixture ratio:
            • Windshield washer system, check jet setting, adjust nozzles if necessary
              • Windshield
              • Rear window
            • Headlight wash/wipe system (Golf), check jet setting, adjust nozzles if necessary
            • Headlight wash/wipe system (Jetta), check jet setting, adjust nozzles if necessary
          • Windshield wiper blades, check for damage; check parked position, if necessary adjust; with pulsating wiper blades, check angle setting, adjust if necessary
            • Windshield wiper blades parked position, adjust if necessary:
            • Windshield wiper blades, check angle setting, adjust if necessary
          • Transportation wiper blades, removing at vehicle delivery
          • Break-down set, replace tire sealant (when shelf-life has expired)
          • Tires, checking tire condition, wear pattern, inflation pressure and tread depth
            • Notes
            • Checking condition
            • Checking tire wear pattern
            • Tire tread depth (including spare), checking
            • Tire inflation pressure (including spare wheel), checking and correcting inflation pressures if necessary
            • Tire inflation pressure table for normal tires
            • Golf
            • GTI and R32 with all-wheel drive (AWD)
            • Jetta
            • Jetta with all-wheel drive (AWD)
            • Golf Wagon, Jetta Wagon
            • Golf wagon with all-wheel drive (AWD), Jetta wagon with all-wheel drive (AWD)
          • Engine oils
            • Released engine oil standards for vehicles
            • Oil characteristics
          • Engine oil, draining or extracting and filling; replacing oil filter
            • Notes
            • Oil characteristics
            • Oil filter, replacing
            • Engine code ALH
            • Engine code AEG
            • Engine code AFP
          • Engine and components in engine compartment (from above and below): Visual check for leaks and damage
          • Ribbed belt, checking condition
          • CV joint boots, visual inspection
          • Manual Transmission / final drive oil level, checking
            • Notes
            • 5-speed manual transmission 02J
            • 5 and 6-speed manual transmission 02M
          • Automatic transmission final drive oil level, checking
          • Automatic transmission, check ATF level, top off if necessary (01M - transmission)
          • Automatic transmission, change ATF (01M transmission)
        • Description of work (part 2 of 2)
          • Haldex clutch, replacing oil filter (all wheel drive (AWD))
          • Haldex clutch, changing oil (all wheel drive (AWD))
          • Brake system, visual check for leaks and damage
          • Brake pads (front and rear), check thickness
            • Notes
            • Front disc brake pads
            • Rear disc brake pads
          • Underbody protection, perform visual check for damage
          • Exhaust system, perform visual inspection for leaks, attachment, and damage
            • Additional visual inspection Golf R32
          • Tie rod ends, check play and joint boots
          • Ball joints, visual inspection
          • Spark plugs, replace
            • Notes
            • Engine code(s) AEG, AVH, AZG, BBW, BEV
            • Engine code BJS
            • Engine code AFP
            • Engine code AWD
            • Engine code(s) AWW and AWP
            • Engine code BDF
          • Cooling system anti-freeze protection and coolant level, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking freeze protection and adding coolant additive if necessary
            • Checking coolant level and adding coolant if necessary
            • Mixture ratio:
            • Freeze protection table
          • Dust and pollen filter, replace filter element
          • Air cleaner, clean housing and replace filter element
            • Notes
            • All engines
          • Toothed belt for camshaft drive, replacing (Diesel engine 2001 - Engine code ALH)
          • Toothed belt and idler pulley for camshaft drive, replacing (Diesel engine 2002 - Engine code ALH)
          • Toothed belt and toothed belt tensioner for camshaft drive, replacing (4-cyl. - 5 valve gasoline engine)
          • Toothed belt for camshaft drive, checking (4-cyl. Gasoline Engine)
          • Toothed belt, check wear (diesel engine)
          • Toothed belt for camshaft drive, check condition and tension (Diesel engine - engine code ALH with automatic transmission)
            • Check condition of toothed belt
            • Check toothed belt tension
            • Tensioning toothed belt
          • Fuel filter, replacing (diesel engine)
          • Fuel filter, draining (diesel engine)
          • Automatic transmission, check ATF level
          • Power assisted steering, check oil level
            • Notes
            • Oil, when cold
            • Hydraulic fluid at operating temperature (from approx. 122 ° F (50 ° C)):
          • Brake fluid, changing
          • Brake fluid level (depending on brake pad wear), checking
          • Headlight adjustment, checking
            • Notes
            • Checking headlight setting (with new test screen without 15 ° -setting line)
            • Adjusting headlights for the Golf
            • Adjusting headlights for the Jetta
            • Headlight adjustment, checking headlight with gas discharge lamps
          • Child restraint LATCH guidance fixture, installing
          • RAPGARD, inspection, removal and disposal
          • Perform test drive
    • Maintenance (From Late Production 1999) (A4 Platform)
      • General information / Description of Work
        • Engine code and engine number
        • Vehicle identification number (VIN)
        • Identification plate
        • Towing
          • To prevent damage to transmission and differential:
          • Towing a vehicle from the rear (with rear wheels lifted):
          • Towing locked vehicles when keys are not available:
          • Towing speed
          • Ground clearance
          • Stopping
          • Vehicle hook-up
          • Inspection and care of towing gear
          • All towing equipment is not the same
          • Know and observe all applicable legal towing requirements.
        • Towing Instructions
          • Front towing
          • Front hook-up procedure
          • Rear Towing
          • Rear hook-up procedure
          • Front towing eye
          • Rear towing eye
        • Lifting vehicle
          • Notes
          • Lifting points for workshop hoist and floor jack:
            • Front
            • Rear
        • Battery, visual check
        • Battery with charge indicator (magic eye), checking
          • Identification
          • Indicator, readings
        • Electrolyte level, checking
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte level too low
          • Electrolyte level too high
          • Batteries with central gas venting
        • Battery no load voltage, checking
        • Clock, setting
        • Radio anti-theft coding, activating
          • Notes
          • Wrong Code Number
        • Windshield wash/wipe system, checking and adjusting jets
          • Notes
          • Fluid amounts
          • Checking freeze protection
          • Windshield
          • Rear window
        • Wheel bolts, tightening
          • Special tools
          • Assembly tool for wheel trim (only GTI 337 Edition)
        • Wheelhousing liner, bolting to front apron (only anniversary Golf GTI with 132 kW engine)
        • Engine cover (sound insulator), removing and installing
        • Transportation device: Blocking pieces on front axle springs, removing
        • Equipment which has been packed inside vehicle, installing
          • Front Valance Spoiler
          • Install additional bolts at front valance spoiler
          • Wheel cover caps
        • Engine oil level, checking
        • Engine oil, changing
          • Notes
          • Turbo engines
          • All engines
          • Oil specification for diesel engines (engine code BEW)
          • Important information for vehicles with engine code BEW
          • Drain plug tightening torque:
        • Oil filter, replacing
          • Special tools required
          • Turbo engines
          • Engine code ALH
          • Engine code AEG
          • Engine code AFP
        • Fuel filter, draining water (Diesel engine)
        • Camshaft drive belt, checking condition
          • (TDI engines)
        • Engine, visual inspection
          • Engine code ALH
          • Engine code AEG
          • Engine code BEW
          • Engine code AFP
          • All engines
        • Brake system, visual inspection
        • Brake fluid level, checking
          • Notes
          • Delivery inspection
          • Inspection service
        • Brake fluid, changing
        • Brake pads / linings, checking thickness
          • Special tools and equipment required
          • Front brake pads
          • Rear brake pads
        • Cooling system anti-freeze protection and coolant level, checking
          • Notes
          • Coolant level, checking
          • Checking anti-freeze protection
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory, checking
          • Special tools, testers, measuring instruments and auxiliary items required
          • Connecting
          • Check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) memory
        • Fuel filter, replacing (Diesel engine)
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • New filter, installing:
        • Manual Transmission / final drive oil level, checking
          • Special tools required
          • 5-speed manual transmission 02J
          • 5 and 6-speed manual transmission 02M
        • Wiper blades, checking and adjusting
          • Wiper blade park position
        • Wiper blade contact angle, checking and adjusting
        • Door check strap, lubricating
        • Automatic transmission final drive oil level, checking
        • Tires (including spare), checking
          • Notes
          • Delivery inspection
          • Maintenance Service
          • Checking tire wear pattern
          • Tire tread depth (including spare), checking
          • Tire inflation pressures, checking and correcting
        • Tie rod ends, checking
        • Ball joints, visual inspection
        • CV joint boots, visual inspection
        • Underbody sealant, visual inspection
        • Airbag units, visual inspection
          • Notes
          • Driver's side airbag
          • Front passenger's airbag
        • Road test
        • Dust and pollen filter element, replacing
        • Spark plugs, replacing
          • Special tools required
          • Engine code(s) AEG, AVH, AZG
          • Engine code AFP
          • Engine code AWD
          • Engine code(s) AWW and AWP
          • Engine code BDF
        • Air cleaner filter element, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ribbed belt, checking condition
        • Power steering fluid level, checking
        • Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) level, checking
          • Notes
          • Special tools and testers required
          • Conditions for performing check
          • Ending output
        • Timing belt and tensioner, replacing (Diesel engine code ALH)
          • Special tools required
          • Removing
          • Installing
          • Vehicles with manual transmission
          • Vehicles with automatic transmission
          • Continued for all vehicles
        • Camshaft drive belt, checking wear limit
        • Headlight adjustment, checking
        • Driver's side headlight, setting low beam alignment
          • Notes
          • Adjusting headlights on Golf
          • Adjusting headlights on Jetta
        • Driver's side headlight high beam alignment, checking
          • Notes
          • Fog lamp, alignment
          • Passenger's side headlight, alignment
        • Power windows / memory seat, initializing
          • Notes
          • Power windows
          • Memory seat
        • Child restraint LATCH guidance fixture, installing
        • RAPGARD®, inspection, removal and disposal
          • Notes
          • Service
          • Inspection
          • Removal
          • RAPGARD®, paint inspection after removal
          • Adhesive residue removal
          • RAPGARD® Disposal
        • Transportation wiper blades, removing at vehicle delivery
          • Service
          • Transportation wiper blades, removing
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (EGR)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Oxygen Sensor)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Mileage Counter Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Using Buttons in Instrument Cluster (Basic Message Display)
          • Using The Windshield Wiper Lever Buttons (Premium Message Display)
          • Using The Buttons In Multifunction Steering Wheel
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
          • Notes
          • Resetting The Oil Change Reminder
          • Resetting The Inspection Reminder
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
          • Resetting the service interval display with a digital instrument cluster Pro version
          • Resetting the service interval display with a digital instrument cluster Basic version
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
          • Notes
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Light
          • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Basic Setting
          • After Wheel Or Pressure Change
          • Wheel Sets With Different Pressure Specifications
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Light
          • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reset
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Air Bag Restraint Systems
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Servicing
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Deployed Air Bags Or Seat Belt PRETENSIONERS
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bags Or Seat Belt PRETENSIONERS
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bags Or Seat Belt PRETENSIONERS (Faulty Unit)
        • Scrapped Vehicle
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Control Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Center Console
          • Removal & Installation
        • Driver-Side Air Bag Module
          • Removal & Installation
        • Front Seats
          • Removal & Installation
        • Headliner
          • Removal & Installation
        • Interior Trim
          • Removal & Installation (A-pillar Trim Panel)
          • Removal & Installation (B-pillar Trim Panels)
          • Removal & Installation (C-pillar Trim Panel-golf & Gti)
          • Removal & Installation (C-pillar Trim Panel-jetta)
        • Passenger-Side Air Bag Module (C-Pillar Trim Panel-JETTA)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Built-in Door)
          • Removal & Installation (No Visible Door)
        • Seat Belt PRETENSIONERS (No Visible Door)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Air Bag Impact (Crash) Sensors (Front)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Air Bag Impact (Crash) Sensors (Rear)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Curtain Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation
        • Spiral Spring (CLOCKSPRING)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
          • Connecting Scan Tool
          • Retrieving Codes
          • Erasing Codes
          • Coding Control Module
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • Code 00532: Supply Voltage Signal Too High/Low
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00588: Driver-Side Air Bag IGNITOR Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00589: Passenger-Side Air Bag IGNITOR Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00591: Left Seat Belt Switch Undefined Condition, Short To Ground, Or Open/Short To Voltage
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00592: Right Belt Switch Undefined Condition, Short To Ground, Or Open/Short To Voltage
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00594: Air Bag Ignition Circuit Short Circuit
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00595: Impact Data Stored
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00654: Left Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 00655: Right Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01025: Air Bag Warning Light Faulty
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01044: Control Module Incorrectly Coded
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01214: Impact Data For Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Stored
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01217: Left Side Air Bag Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01218: Right Side Air Bag Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01221: Left Side Air Bag Impact (Crash) Sensor Short To Voltage/Ground Or Faulty
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01222: Right Side Air Bag Impact (Crash) Sensor Short To Voltage/Ground Or Faulty
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01224: Equipment Incorrectly Adjusted
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01226: Impact Data For Left Side Air Bag Stored
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01227: Impact Data For Right Side Air Bag Stored
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01228: Passenger-Side Air Bag On-Off Switch Undefined Condition Or Open/Short Circuit
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01280: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01281: Driver-Side Air Bag Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01284: Left Side Air Bag Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01285: Right Side Air Bag Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01286: Left Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01287: Right Seat Belt PRETENSIONER Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01299: Diagnostic Interface For Data-Bus No Communication/No Or Incorrect Adjustment
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01312: Data Bus Drive Faulty
          • Probable Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01317: Control Module In Instrument Cluster No Communication
          • Probable Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01578: Passenger-Side Air Bag On-Off Switch Indicator Light Short To Voltage Or Open Circuit
          • Probable Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01588: Left Curtain Air Bag Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01589: Right Curtain Air Bag Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01590: Battery Isolation Igniter Resistance High/Low Or Short To Voltage/Ground
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01634: Battery Isolation Igniter Switched Off
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01635: Impact Data For Battery Isolation Igniter Stored
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01638: Left Rear Side Air Bag Impact (Crash) Sensor Short To Voltage/Ground Or Faulty
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01639: Right Rear Side Air Bag Impact (Crash) Sensor Short To Voltage/Ground Or Faulty
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01646: Left Side Curtain Air Bag Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 01647: Right Side Curtain Air Bag Deactivated
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
        • Code 65535: Control Module Malfunctioning
          • Possible Cause
          • Corrective Action
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Air Bag/SRS Component Inspection & Replacement Tables - EUROPEAN
      • ALFA Romeo (1991-95)
      • AUDI (1989-04)
      • BMW (1986-04)
      • Jaguar (1990-04)
      • Land Rover (1995-04)
      • MERCEDES-BENZ (1986-04)
      • Mini (2002-04)
      • PORSCHE (1987-04)
      • SAAB (1989-04)
      • VOLKSWAGEN (1990-04)
      • VOLVO (1987-04)
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
  • Passive Restraints
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
  • Seat Belts
    • Body Interior (A4 Platform)
      • 68 - Interior Equipment
        • Interior Rearview Mirror
          • Automatically dimming interior rearview mirror
          • Interior rearview mirror, removing
          • Interior mirror, installing
          • Retaining plate for interior mirror, installing
          • Rearview mirror (vehicles with rain sensor), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Mirror base for interior mirror with rain sensor, bonding
            • Notes
            • Preparing windshield
            • Preparing detached and new mirror base
            • Bonding mirror base
            • Cleaning and removing excess adhesive
            • Rain sensor and mirror, installing
        • Storage Compartments, Covers And Trim
          • Center console, assembly overview
          • Center console, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center console extension, assembly overview
          • Center console extension, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear ashtray, assembly overview
          • Rear ashtray, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear cup holder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Glove compartment lock cylinder, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trim under steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Armrest lid, removing
          • Sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center sun visor, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Grab Handles
          • Grab handles (Roof), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Sill Panel Trim
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 4-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), assembly overview
          • Sill panel trim (Golf 2-door), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 69 - Passenger Protection - Airbags, Seat Belts
        • Seat Belts
          • Safety regulations for belt tensioners
          • Disposing of belt tensioner units
          • Front seatbelt (with belt tensioner), assembly overview
          • Front seat belts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear outer seatbelts, assembly overview
          • Rear outer seatbelts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear center seatbelt , assembly overview
          • Rear center seat belt, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • LATCH System "Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren", installing and retrofitting
        • Seat Belts, Inspecting
          • Seat belts, inspecting
          • Check points
            • Notes
            • Check belt webbing
            • Check automatic retraction (locking effect)
            • Visually check belt latch
            • Check belt latch function
            • Check belt guides and locking tongue
            • Check securing components and anchorage points
        • Child Seat Anchors (LATCH System Lower Anchors And Tethers For Children), Inspecting After An Accident
          • Check points
        • Airbag
          • Tools
          • Airbag system component locations (Jetta)
          • Airbag system component locations (Golf)
          • Safety precautions for work on airbags
            • Notes
            • Additional safety precautions for head curtain airbag
          • Disposing airbag units
          • Replacing airbag unit after an accident
            • Accident where airbag deployed
            • Accident not involving activation of airbag
            • Airbag units, deploying (disposal)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Four-spoke steering wheel)
          • Driver side airbag unit, removing and installing (Four-spoke steering wheel)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Drivers side airbag unit, assembly overview (Three-spoke steering wheel)
          • Drivers side airbag unit, removing and installing (Three-spoke steering wheel)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Steering wheel, assembly overview
          • Steering wheel, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag spiral spring/return spring with slip ring -F138-, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel with airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), assembly overview
          • Front Passengers airbag unit (Instrument panel without airbag seam), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Airbag control module -J 234-, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Jetta), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), assembly overview
          • Side curtain protection (driver and passenger sides) (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, assembly overview
          • Driver and front passenger seat side airbags, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Components, adapting
            • Notes
            • Work procedure
        • Crash Sensors
          • Crash sensor for Driver-side and Passenger side - side curtain protection, assembly overview
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passenger side - side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Crash sensor for Driver side/Passengers side rear side curtain protection, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 70 - Interior Trim
        • Instrument Panel
          • Tools
          • Instrument panel, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Door Trim
          • Tools
          • Drivers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Driver side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Passengers side front door trim, assembly overview
          • Passenger side front door trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear door trim, assembly overview
          • Rear door trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front door window triangular trim (with speaker), removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Pillar And Side Trim
          • Tools
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper A-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper A-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection )
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower A-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper B-pillar trim, assembly overview (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
          • Upper B-pillar trim, removing and installing (Vehicles without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lower B-pillar trim, assembly overview
          • Lower B-pillar trim, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf with side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf with side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta with side curtain protection )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Jetta without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Jetta without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 04.01)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon with side curtain protection 05.01 )
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper C-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
          • Upper C-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon without side curtain protection)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper D-pillar trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Upper D-pillar trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel housing trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear shelf, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Side trim, assembly overview (Golf 2- door)
          • Side trim, removing and installing (Golf 2- door)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Luggage Compartment Trim
          • Luggage compartment cover support, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Luggage compartment cover support, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment cover retraction spool, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Jetta)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Right luggage compartment side trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right storage compartment, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Luggage compartment floor carpet, removing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lock carrier cover, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cargo net repair kit, installing
        • Rear Lid Trim
          • Tools
          • Lower rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Lower rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Upper rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf)
          • Upper rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Jetta)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Trunk escape handle, removing and installing
          • Rear lid trim, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Rear lid trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Headliner
          • Tools
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Roof end trim, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles with sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Molded headliner, removing and installing (Vehicles without sunroof)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 72 - Seat - Frames
        • Front Seats
          • Tools
          • Front seats, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Front seat, assembly overview (4-door)
          • Front backrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Lumbar support, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat height adjusting element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cable for locking backrest, assembly overview (2-door)
          • Cable for locking backrest, removing and installing (2-door)
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Headrest guides, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat trim, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat control module, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat adjusting unit, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat longitudinal adjustment, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat front height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat rear height adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • 8-way seat backrest adjustment drive, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seats
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion with integrated child seat, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Seat cushion, assembly overview (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
          • Seat cushion, removing and installing (Golf wagon/Jetta wagon)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Center armrest, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Right backrest lock, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
      • 74 - Seats - Upholstery, Covers
        • Front Seat Cushion And Cover
          • Tools
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front seat cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest cover and upholstery, removing and installing (Golf R32)
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Seat Heating Elements
          • Front seat heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front backrest heating element, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear Seat Covers And Padding
          • Rear seat cushion cover and padding, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover (center arm rest), removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cover and cushion for backrest, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • Determining which source has possibly triggered the anti-theft alarm
          • Interior monitoring system, description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Convenience System Control Module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC tables, vehicles through 05.01
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles through 05.01
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles through 05.01
          • Display group overview, vehicles through 05.01
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • DTC tables, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM), vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Read measuring value block, vehicles from 06.01 on
          • Display group overview, vehicles from 06.01 on
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
            • Break down of display content for display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012
            • Evaluating display group number 012 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 013
            • Evaluating display group number 013
            • Break down of display content for display group number 014
            • Evaluating display group number 014
            • Break down of display content for display group number 015
            • Evaluating display group number 015
            • Break down of display content for display group number 016
            • Evaluating display group number 016
          • Adaptation
          • New additional key, matching
          • Radio wave remote control function variations, vehicles through 05.98
          • Radio wave remote control functional variations, vehicles from 06.98 on
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Batteries for the main key (folding) with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
    • Body On Board Diagnostic (OBD) (A4 Platform) [On Board Diagnostic (OBD) - Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)]
      • 01 On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Tools
          • Scan tool, connecting
        • Airbag system, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Function
            • Notes
            • Introducing On Board Diagnostic (OBD) for airbag
            • List of selectable functions
          • Control Module Version, checking
          • Airbag Control Module, coding using V.A.G 1551 scan tool
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End output
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
            • Notes
            • Display group 001
            • Evaluation for display group number 001
            • Display group 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Display group 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Display group 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Display group 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
          • VAS 5056B test box
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
        • Convenience System (Vehicles With Power Windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
        • Central locking system (vehicles without power windows), On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Functional description
          • System active indicator
          • Convenience system, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Central locking control module, coding
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Output Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM)
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
            • Break down of display content for display group number 007
            • Evaluating display group number 007
            • Break down of display content for display group number 008
            • Evaluating display group number 008
            • Break down of display content for display group number 009
            • Evaluating display group number 009
            • Break down of display content for display group number 010
            • Evaluating display group number 010
            • Break down of display content for display group number 011
            • Evaluating display group number 011
          • Adaptation - function 10
          • Radio wave remote control functional variants
          • Batteries for the main key with radio wave remote control, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Driver's Side Seat Adjustment, On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Seat adjustment, functional description
          • On Board Diagnostic (OBD), functional description
          • Memory system, initializing
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, storing
          • Mirror setting for reversing, storing
          • Allocating radio wave remote control key to memory buttons
          • Seat and mirror settings for normal driving, activating
          • Mirror setting for reversing, activating
          • Seat adjustment, initiating On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
          • Selectable functions, overview
          • Check Control Module Version
          • Check DTC Memory
          • Erase DTC memory
          • End Output
          • DTC table
          • Read Measuring Value Block
          • Display group overview
            • Break down of display content for display group number 001
            • Evaluating display group number 001
            • Break down of display content for display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002
            • Evaluating display group number 002 - continued
            • Break down of display content for display group number 003
            • Evaluating display group number 003
            • Break down of display content for display group number 004
            • Evaluating display group number 004
            • Break down of display content for display group number 005
            • Evaluating display group number 005
            • Break down of display content for display group number 006
            • Evaluating display group number 006
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering Pump, Reservoir, Hydraulic Lines (A4 Platform)
      • Application
        • 1999 Models
      • Power Steering Pump, Reservoir, Hydraulic Lines
        • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Vehicles with low mounted power steering pump
            • Notes
            • Test requirements:
            • Specifications
          • Vehicles with high mounted power steering pump
            • Notes
            • Test requirements:
            • Specifications
        • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Fluid type and capacity
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Removing
          • Removing intake line and intake hose
            • Removing intake hose
            • Removing intake line
          • Installing
        • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, assembly overview I - Vehicles
          • Notes
          • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
          • Securing pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.9 ltr. TDI engines without A/C
            • VR5 and VR6 with/without air conditioner
          • Securing pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and A/C
          • Securing pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no A/C
          • Securing pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J
          • Securing pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M
          • Securing pressure line on automatic transmission 01M
          • Securing pressure line on automatic transmission 09A
        • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • Vehicles with low mounted power steering pump
        • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • Vehicles with high mounted power steering pump
    • Steering Column (From Late Production 1999) ( A4 Platform)
      • Application
        • 1999 Models
      • Steering Column
        • Steering Column, Removing And Installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission
            • Following work sequence affects only vehicle with ESP
        • Steering Column, Checking For Damage
          • Visual check
          • Functional check
            • Requirements:
        • Steering Lock Housing, Removing And Installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cross Member For Steering Column, Assembly Overview
        • Steering Column, Identification
          • Notes
          • Identifying steering columns
        • Removing And Installing Locking Cable For Ignition With Key Withdrawal Lock
          • Only vehicles with automatic transmission
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition Key Removal Lock, Checking
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Power Steering
    • Power Steering Pump, Reservoir, Hydraulic Lines (A4 Platform)
      • Application
        • 1999 Models
      • Power Steering Pump, Reservoir, Hydraulic Lines
        • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Vehicles with low mounted power steering pump
            • Notes
            • Test requirements:
            • Specifications
          • Vehicles with high mounted power steering pump
            • Notes
            • Test requirements:
            • Specifications
        • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Fluid type and capacity
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
          • Special tools, testers and auxiliary items required
          • Removing
          • Removing intake line and intake hose
            • Removing intake hose
            • Removing intake line
          • Installing
        • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, assembly overview I - Vehicles
          • Notes
          • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
          • Securing pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.9 ltr. TDI engines without A/C
            • VR5 and VR6 with/without air conditioner
          • Securing pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and A/C
          • Securing pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no A/C
          • Securing pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J
          • Securing pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M
          • Securing pressure line on automatic transmission 01M
          • Securing pressure line on automatic transmission 09A
        • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • Vehicles with low mounted power steering pump
        • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • Vehicles with high mounted power steering pump
    • Steering Column (From Late Production 1999) ( A4 Platform)
      • Application
        • 1999 Models
      • Steering Column
        • Steering Column, Removing And Installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission
            • Following work sequence affects only vehicle with ESP
        • Steering Column, Checking For Damage
          • Visual check
          • Functional check
            • Requirements:
        • Steering Lock Housing, Removing And Installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cross Member For Steering Column, Assembly Overview
        • Steering Column, Identification
          • Notes
          • Identifying steering columns
        • Removing And Installing Locking Cable For Ignition With Key Withdrawal Lock
          • Only vehicles with automatic transmission
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition Key Removal Lock, Checking
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Steering Column
    • Steering Column (From Late Production 1999) ( A4 Platform)
      • Application
        • 1999 Models
      • Steering Column
        • Steering Column, Removing And Installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
            • Notes
            • Vehicles with automatic transmission
            • Following work sequence affects only vehicle with ESP
        • Steering Column, Checking For Damage
          • Visual check
          • Functional check
            • Requirements:
        • Steering Lock Housing, Removing And Installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Cross Member For Steering Column, Assembly Overview
        • Steering Column, Identification
          • Notes
          • Identifying steering columns
        • Removing And Installing Locking Cable For Ignition With Key Withdrawal Lock
          • Only vehicles with automatic transmission
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Ignition Key Removal Lock, Checking
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Steering Gear
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Front Suspension
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Rear Suspension
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Suspension, Wheels, Steering (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Technical data
          • Suspension
          • Wheels, tires
        • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
          • Check list for evaluating the suspension of accident vehicles
      • 40 Front suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Electrical/electronic components and installation locations
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 in vehicles with dynamic headlight range control - general information
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle
          • Left Front Level Control System Sensor G78 on front axle R32
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for front wheel drive
          • Left Rear Level Control System Sensor G76 on the rear axle for four wheel drive
        • Front suspension, servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Assembly overview of subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm
          • Modified mounting for stabilizer bar
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Installation position of rear control arm mounting
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out bonded rubber bushing
            • Pressing in bonded rubber bushing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
            • Notes
            • Pressing wheel hub out of wheel bearing housing
            • Pulling bearing inner race out of hub
            • Removing circlip
            • Pressing wheel bearing out of wheel bearing housing
            • Greasing hole with Molikote grease completely
            • Pressing wheel bearing into wheel bearing housing
            • Pressing wheel hub into wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and in with wheel bearing housing installed
            • Notes
            • Pulling out wheel hub
            • Pulling out wheel bearing
            • Pulling off bearing inner race from hub
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Suspension strut, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front suspension (R32), servicing
          • Front axle, overview
          • I - Subframe, stabilizer bar, control arm, overview
          • Ball joint, checking
          • Ball joint, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Control arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushing for control arm, replacing
            • Notes
            • Pressing out front control arm bushing
            • Installation position for control arm front bushing
            • Pressing in front control arm bushing
            • Pressing out/in control arm rear bushing
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber bushings for subframe, replacing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Threads in longitudinal member, servicing
          • II - Assembly overview, wheel bearing
          • Front wheel bearing, pressing out and pressing in
            • Notes
            • Wheel hub, pulling out
            • Wheel bearing, pulling out
            • Bearing inner race from hub, pulling off
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
          • III - Front suspension strut, assembly overview
          • Suspension strut, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Front strut, servicing
            • Notes
            • Coil spring, removing
            • Coil spring, installing
        • Front drive shafts, servicing
          • Drive shafts, overview
          • Drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • I - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Installing joint protective boot on left axle shaft
            • Installing boot for constant velocity joint (right drive axle)
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening clamp for CV joint boot (inner, small dia.)
          • Outer constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Inner constant velocity joint, checking
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • II - Front axle shaft with constant velocity joint VL 3700, servicing
            • Notes
            • Drive off cover for inner joint
          • III - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2000, servicing
          • Triple roller joint, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • IV - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 2900, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 2900, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
          • V - Axle shaft with triple roller joint AAR 3300i, servicing
          • Triple-rotor joint AAR 3300i, disassembling and assembling
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
      • 42 Rear suspension
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Servicing rear axle
          • Rear axle, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Rear axle beam, assembly overview
          • Bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Left bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Right bonded rubber bushing, installing
            • Both sides, continued
          • Hydraulic bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing spring
            • Spring, installing
            • Shock absorber, removing
          • Shock absorbers on vehicles with front wheel drive, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Removing hex nut from shock absorber
        • Wheel bearing, servicing
          • Wheel bearings, vehicles with front wheel drive, servicing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with disc brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Wheel bearing/wheel hub on vehicles with drum brakes, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear axle, servicing (vehicles with all-wheel drive)
          • Rear axle with four wheel drive, overview
          • Spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
              • Notes
              • Installation position of the spring
          • Spring R32, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Left spring, removing
            • Left spring, installing
            • Right spring, removing
            • Right spring, installing
          • Shock absorber, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Spring and shock absorbers on vehicles with all-wheel drive, assembly overview
        • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Trailing arm and transverse links, assembly overview
          • Rear wheel bearing, pressing out and in with trailing arm installed
            • Notes
            • Hub, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing out
            • Wheel bearing, pressing in
            • Wheel hub, pressing in
            • Installing
          • Trailing arm mountings, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Trailing arm, installing
          • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Upper ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Upper bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Lower ball joint/bonded rubber bushing, removing
            • Lower bonded rubber bushing, installing
          • Trailing arm, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
              • Notes
              • Determining installation position of mounting bracket to trailing arm
            • Installing
          • Transverse link, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe with final drive, assembly overview
          • Subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mounting for subframe, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Bonded rubber mountings for final drive, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
        • Rear drive shaft, servicing
          • Rear drive shafts, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
              • Notes
              • Torque specification:
          • Rear drive shaft with constant velocity joint, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing outer constant velocity joint
            • Pressing off inner constant velocity joint
            • Installed location of spring washer on inner joint
            • Installed location of spring washer and thrust washer on outer joint
            • Pressing on inner constant velocity joint
            • Tightening hose clamp on outer joint
            • Tightening small clamp
      • 44 Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
          • Torques for wheel bolts, tightening
        • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
          • Wheel centering seat, protecting against corrosion
        • Wheels, tires
          • Vehicles with wheel repair kit
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant
          • Tire, removing
            • Notes
            • Tire sealant, disposal
            • New tire, installing
          • Wheel trim, removing and installing
        • Wheel alignment
          • General
            • Notes
            • Wheel alignment is necessary when:
          • Test Requirements:
          • Measurement preparations
            • Notes
            • Vehicle trim height "Vehicle trim height"
          • Vehicle data sticker
          • Wheel alignment, specifications
            • Specifications for front axle with front and all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with front wheel drive
            • Specifications for rear axle, vehicles with all-wheel drive
            • Specifications for camber
            • Vehicle alignment work procedure, overview
          • Front axle camber, adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Camber on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles front wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on rear axle (vehicles with all-wheel drive), adjusting
          • Toe on front axle, adjusting
          • Left and right-hand wheel lock, checking
      • 48 Steering
        • Evaluation of accident vehicles
        • Airbag
          • Airbag
        • Steering column
          • Steering column, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Install steering column
          • Steering column, checking for damage
          • Steering lock housing, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Cross member for steering column, assembly overview
          • Steering column, identification
            • Notes
            • Steering column, identifying
          • Locking cable for ignition with key withdrawal lock, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Unhooking
            • Fitting
          • Ignition key lock, checking
        • Power steering, servicing
          • Power steering gear, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering gear left hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear right hand drive, assembly overview
          • Power steering gear with heat shield (vehicles with all-wheel drive), assembly overview
            • For right-hand drive vehicles
          • Tie rod, removal and installation
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Modified tie rod ball joints
          • Modified tie rods
          • Security and boots on tie rod ends, checking play
          • Center position on rack, determining
          • Steering gear, adjusting
        • Power steering pump, reservoir and hydraulic lines
          • Power steering pump delivery pressure, checking
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with low mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • P.A.S. power steering pump, vehicles with high mounted power steering pump, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Power steering pump with hydraulic lines/hoses, overview
            • Notes
            • Reservoir, disassembling and assembling
            • Pressure line and intake hose on SDI with air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr. engines with an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with 1.4 ltr., 1.6 ltr., 1.9 ltr. SDI/TDI engines without an air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and suction hose on vehicles with TDI engine and air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line and intake hose on vehicles with TDI engine and no air conditioner, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02J and 5-speed manual transmission 02T, securing
            • Pressure line on 5-speed manual transmission 02K, securing
            • Pressure line on 6-speed manual transmission 02M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 01M, securing
            • Pressure line on automatic transmission 09A, securing
          • Low-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
          • High-mounted power steering pump, assembly overview
        • Definitions
          • Definitions
    • Wheel And Tire Guide - Non Current Models (A4 Platform)
      • 44 - Wheels, Tires, Wheel alignment
        • General information on wheels/tires (passenger vehicles)
          • General information on wheels/tires (passenger vehicles)
          • Official type designation
            • Notes
            • Official Type designation/Sales/Trade name
          • General information
            • Special models
            • Vehicles with Plus suspension
            • Speed ratings for tires
            • Tires "80 series"
            • Wheel bolts - tightening torques
            • Disc wheels (rim) - pitch circle diameter
            • Indications on disc wheels
            • Multipart composite wheels
            • Light alloy wheels with replaceable decoration elements
          • New vehicle registration documents since 01.10.2005
        • Information about wheels/tires (passenger vehicles)
          • Tire wear/service life
            • General information
            • Tire requirements
            • High speed tires, wear characteristics
            • Influences on the service life of the tire
            • Driving style
              • I. Constant driving without deceleration and acceleration
              • II. Braking (driving style)
              • III. Accelerating (driving style)
              • IV. Driving around curves (driving style)
            • Tire maintenance
              • Air pressure of tire
              • Diagram 1:
              • Diagram 2:
            • Uniformly worn tires
            • Measuring tread depth
            • One-sided wear
              • Notes
              • Increased one-sided wear
              • Toe-out or negative toe-in
              • Toe-in or positive toe-in
              • Changes to the suspension
              • Improper use of air suspension height adjustment
            • Center wear
            • Diagonal wear spots
          • Rolling noises due to tires
            • General information about rolling noises
            • Heel-and-toe wear
              • Notes
              • Appearance of heel-and-toe wear
            • Wear spots
          • Vibration from wheels/tires
            • Causes for vibration
            • Balancing
            • Road test, performing before balancing
            • Balancing wheels on the stationary balancing machine
            • Vibration control tire balancer VAS 6230
            • Finish balancer
            • Radial run-out and lateral run-out of wheel and tire
            • Radial- and lateral run-out on wheel/tire, checking using tire dial gauge V.A.G 1435
              • Checking lateral run-out
              • Checking radial run-out
            • Checking radial run-out and lateral run-out of wheel
            • Matched mounting
            • Flat spots in tires from standing
          • Vehicle pulls to one side
            • General information
            • Taper
              • Notes
              • Components of a tire
            • Corrective action when vehicle pulls to one side
            • Targeted rotating of wheels for non-directional tires
            • Targeted rotating of wheels for directional tires
            • Tires with a red spot
          • Tire damage
            • General information
            • Construction of a radial tire
            • Impact damage
            • Cuts
            • Damage from foreign bodies
            • Air loss from tire
            • Tire pressure
            • Tire damage due to low tire pressure
              • Notes
              • Separation of carcass and rubber
              • Tires with wide furrows along the circumference in the area of the bead
              • Tires with torn-out tread
            • Rising tire temperature when tire pressure is too low
            • Tire damage due to mounting error (damage from fitting the tire)
          • Information about tires/wheels
            • Lettering on tire side wall
            • Explanation of tire lettering
            • Cracking
            • The rubber valve
            • Tire storage
              • Notes
              • Tire storage
            • Tire aging
            • Care and treatment of light alloy wheels
            • Wheels, rotating
            • Notes for changing or mounting wheels
            • Tires with rim protector
            • Notes on using emergency wheels
            • Winter tires
            • Winter tires with speed rating "V"
            • Extra Load (XL) V winter tires
            • Maximum speeds for V and Extra Load (XL) winter tires
            • Reinforced/Extra Load (XL) tires
            • Snow chains
        • Lupo 3L, Lupo FSI, Lupo GTI as of model year 1999
          • Lupo 3L, Lupo FSI, Lupo GTI as of model year 1999
          • Lupo 3L, Type 6E model year 1999 to model year 2006
          • Wheel assignment Lupo 3L, Type 6E model year 1999 to model year 2006
            • Notes
            • 4 J x 14
            • 4 1 / 2 J x 14
            • 5 J x 14
          • Lupo FSI, Type 6E model year 2001 to model year 2006
            • Notes
            • The following snow chains listed are only permitted in combination with the adjoining wheel/tire combination!
          • Wheel assignment Lupo FSI, Type 6E model year 2001 to model year 2006
            • Notes
            • 5 J x 14
            • 6 J x 14
          • Lupo GTI, Type 6ES model year 2001 to model year 2006
            • Notes
            • The following snow chains listed are only permitted in combination with the adjoining wheel/tire combination!
          • Wheel assignment Lupo GTI, Type 6ES model year 2001 to model year 2006
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 1 / 2 J x 15
        • Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Lupo, Type 6X model year 1999 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • Approved snow chains for Lupo 55 kW TDI and 74 kW 16V
          • Wheel assignment Lupo, Type 6X model year 1999 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • 4 1 / 2 J x 13
            • 5 1 / 2 J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
        • Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001
          • Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001
          • Polo, Type 6N up to and including 07.95
          • Wheel assignment Polo, Type 6N up to and including 07.95
            • Notes
            • 4 1 / 2 J x 13
            • 5 1 / 2 J x 13
          • Polo, Type 6N from 08.95 up to and including model year 1996
          • Polo, Type 6N from model year 1997 up to model year 1999
          • Wheel assignment Polo, Type 6N from 08.95 up to model year 1999
            • Notes
            • 4 1 / 2 J x 13
            • 5 1 / 2 J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
          • Polo, Type 6N from model year 2000 up to model year 2001
          • Wheel assignment Polo, Type 6N from model year 2000 up to model year 2001
            • Notes
            • 4 1 / 2 J x 13
            • 5 1 / 2 J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
        • Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002
          • Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002
          • Polo Classic, Type 6KV model year 1996 to model year 2002
          • Wheel assignment Polo Classic, Type 6KV model year 1996 to model year 2002
            • Notes
            • 5 / J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
        • Polo wagon model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Polo wagon model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Polo wagon, Type 6KV model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Wheel assignment Polo wagon, Type 6KV model year 1998 to model year 2002
            • Notes
            • 5 / J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
        • Polo sedan, model year 2004 through model year 2005
          • Polo sedan, model year 2004 through model year 2005
          • Polo Limousine/Sedan, Type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005
          • Wheel assignment Polo Limousine/Sedan, Type 9N model year 2004 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • 5 J x 14
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
            • 6 / J x 16
        • Golf model year 1992 to model year 1998
          • Golf model year 1992 to model year 1998
          • Golf Type 1HX0, Golf Syncro 1HX1, Golf Type 1H
          • Wheel assignment Golf Type 1HX0, Golf Syncro 1HX1, Golf Type 1H
            • Notes
            • 5 / J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
            • 6 / J x 15
            • 7 J x 16
        • Golf model year 1998 to model year 2004, Golf R32, Golf Jubi GTI
          • Golf model year 1998 to model year 2004, Golf R32, Golf Jubi GTI
          • Golf, Golf 4Motion; Type 1J model year 1998 through model year 2004
          • Wheel assignment Golf, Golf 4Motion; Type 1J model year 1998 to model year 2004
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
            • 5 / J x 16
            • 6 / J x 16
            • 7 J x 17
            • 7 / J x 17
          • Conditions for mounting 17" wheels/tires, Golf model year 1998 to model year 2004
          • Golf R32, Type 1J model year 2003 to model year 2005
          • Wheel assignment Golf R32, Type 1J model year 2003 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • 5 / J x 17
            • 7 / J x 17
            • 7 / J x 18
          • Golf Jubi GTI, Type 1J model year 2002
          • Wheel assignment Golf Jubi GTI, Type 1J model year 2002
            • Notes
            • 5 / J x 16
            • 6 / J x 16
            • 7 J x 17
            • 7 / J x 18
          • Conditions for mounting 17" and 18" wheels/tires, Golf Jubi GTI
        • Golf wagon model year 1994 to model year 1998
          • Golf wagon model year 1994 to model year 1998
          • Golf wagon Type 1HX0, Golf wagon Syncro Type 1HX1, Golf wagon Type 1H
          • Wheel assignment Golf wagon Type 1HX0, Golf wagon Syncro Type 1HX1, Golf wagon Type 1H
            • Notes
            • 5 / J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
            • 6 / J x 15
        • Golf wagon model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora wagon model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Golf wagon model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora wagon model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Golf wagon, Golf wagon 4Motion, Bora wagon, Bora wagon 4Motion, Type 1J
          • Wheel assignment Golf wagon, Golf wagon 4Motion, Bora wagon, Bora wagon 4Motion, Type 1J
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 15
            • 5 / J x 16
            • 6 / J x 16
            • 7 J x 17
            • 7 / J x 17
          • 17" wheels and tires, conditions for mounting
        • Golf Cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • Golf Cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • Golf Cabriolet, Type 1EX0 model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • Wheel assignment Golf Cabriolet, Type 1EX0 from model year 1994 to model year 1997
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
            • 6 / J x 16
        • Golf Cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Golf Cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Golf Cabriolet; Type 1E from model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Wheel assignment Golf Cabriolet, Type 1E from model year 1998 to model year 2002
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
            • 6 / J x 16
        • Vento from model year 1992 to model year 1998
          • Vento from model year 1992 to model year 1998
          • Vento, Type 1HX0, 1H
          • Wheel assignment Vento, Type 1HX0, 1H
            • Notes
            • 5 / J x 13
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
            • 6 / J x 15
        • Bora model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Bora model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Bora, Bora 4Motion; Type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Wheel assignment Bora, Bora 4Motion; Type 1J model year 1999 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 15
            • 5 / J x 16
            • 6 / J x 16
            • 7 J x 17
            • 7 / J x 17
          • 17" wheels and tires, conditions for mounting
        • New Beetle RSi
          • New Beetle RSi
          • New Beetle RSi, Type 9CR model year 2001
          • Wheel assignment New Beetle RSi, Type 9CR model year 2001
            • Notes
            • 7 J x 16
            • 9 x 18
        • Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • Passat model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • Passat, Type 35l model year 1994 up to model year 1997
          • Wheel assignment Passat, Type 35l model year 1994 up to model year 1997
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 14
            • 6 J x 15
        • Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005
          • Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005
          • Passat, Passat Wagon, Type 3B model year 1997 to model year 2000
            • Overview
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 15
            • 7 J x 15
            • 7 J x 16
          • Passat, Passat Wagon, Type 3BG model year 2001 to model year 2005
          • Wheel assignment Passat, Passat Wagon, Type 3BG model year 2001 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 15
            • 7 J x 15
            • 6 J x 16
            • 7 J x 16
            • 7 J x 17
          • Passat W8 4Motion, Type 3BS model year 2002 up to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • Approved snow chains Passat W8
          • Wheel assignment Passat W8 4Motion, Type 3BS model year 2002 up to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • 7 J x 16
            • 6 J x 17
            • 7 / J x 17
          • Passat Protect, Type 3BL model year 2002 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • Approved snow chain Passat Protect
          • Wheel assignment Passat Protect, Type 3BL model year 2002 to model year 2005
            • Notes
            • 6 J x 16
            • 7 J x 16
        • Wheel repair kit for VW vehicles
          • Wheel repair kit for VW vehicles
        • Spare tires and emergency wheels for VW vehicles
          • Spare tires and emergency wheels for VW vehicles
        • Approved summer tires for initial equipment
          • Approved summer tires for initial equipment
          • Summer tires, Lupo 3L model year 1999 through model year 2005
          • Summer tires, Lupo FSI, model year 1999 through model year 2005
          • Summer tires, Lupo GTI, model year 1999 through model year 2005
          • Summer tires Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Summer tires Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001
          • Summer tires, Polo sedan, model year 2004 through model year 2005
          • Summer tires Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002
          • Summer tires Polo wagon model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Summer tires Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998
          • Summer tires Golf wagon model year 1994 to model year 1998
          • Summer tires Golf Cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • Summer tires Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004
          • Summer tires Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Summer tires Golf wagon, Golf wagon 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora wagon, Bora wagon 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Summer tires, Golf R32
          • Summer tires, Golf Jubi GTI
          • Summer tires Golf Cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Summer tires, New Beetle RSi
          • Summer tires, Passat, model year 1994 through model year 1997
          • Summer tires, Passat, model year 1997 through model year 2005
          • Summer tires, Passat W8
          • Summer tires, Passat Protect
        • Approved all-season tires for initial equipment
          • Approved all-season tires for initial equipment
          • All-season tires Lupo model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • All-season tires Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001
          • All season tires, Polo sedan, model year 2004 through model year 2005
          • All-season tires Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998
          • All-season tires Golf wagon model year 1994 to model year 1998
          • All-season tires Golf Cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • All-season tires Golf, Golf 4Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004
          • All-season tires Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • All-season tires Golf wagon, Golf wagon 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora wagon, Bora wagon 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • All-season tires Golf Cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • All-season tires Passat model year 1997 to model year 2005
          • All-season tires Passat W8
        • Approved winter tires for initial equipment
          • Approved winter tires for initial equipment
          • Winter tires, Lupo3L, model year 1999 through model year 2005
          • Winter tires, Lupo FSI, model year 1999 through model year 2005
          • Winter tires, Lupo GTI, model year 1999 through model year 2005
          • Winter tires, Lupo, model year 1999 through model year 2005
          • Winter tires Polo model year 1995 to model year 2001
          • Winter tires, Polo sedan, model year 2004 through model year 2005
          • Winter tires Polo Classic model year 1996 to model year 2002
          • Winter tires Polo wagon model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Winter tires Golf, Vento model year 1992 to model year 1998
          • Winter tires Golf wagon model year 1994 to model year 1998
          • Winter tires Golf Cabriolet model year 1994 to model year 1997
          • Winter tires Golf, Golf 4 Motion model year 1998 to model year 2004
          • Winter tires Bora, Bora 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Winter tires Golf wagon, Golf wagon 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2006, Bora wagon, Bora wagon 4Motion model year 1999 to model year 2005
          • Winter tires, Golf R32
          • Winter tires Golf Jubi GTI
          • Winter tires Golf Cabriolet model year 1998 to model year 2002
          • Winter tires, New Beetle RSi
          • Winter tires, Passat, model year 1994 through model year 1997
          • Winter tires, Passat, model year 1997 through model year 2005
          • Winter tires Passat W8
          • Winter tires Passat Protect
• Transmission
  • Clutch
    • 5 SPD. Manual Transmission 02J (A4 Platform)
      • 00 General, Technical Data
        • Transmission identification
          • Transmission identification
          • Code letters, transmission allocation, ratios, capacities
        • Transmission layout
          • Transmission layout
        • Calculating overall ratio 'i'
          • Calculating overall ratio 'i'
        • General repair instructions
          • General repair instructions
      • 30 Clutch
        • Clutch control, servicing
          • Clutch control, servicing
          • Pedal cluster, assembly overview
          • Over-center spring, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Clutch pedal, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Hydraulic system, assembly overview
            • Notes
            • Pry retainer -A- off in direction of arrow
            • Press master cylinder operating rod in retainer -A- in direction of arrow
          • Master cylinder, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Clutch system, bleeding
        • Clutch release mechanism, servicing
          • Clutch release mechanism, servicing
        • Clutch, servicing
          • Clutch, servicing
            • Notes
            • Centering clutch plate and removing and installing pressure plate
            • Checking ends of diaphragm spring
      • 34 Manual Transmission - Controls, Housing
        • Gear selector mechanism up to 05.99, servicing
          • Installation position of gear selector mechanism
          • Selector cables, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position - gear selector lever/relay lever actuating arm/balance weight
          • Selector mechanism, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Gear lever housing, servicing
            • Notes
            • Separating cover from gear shift knob and assembling to gear shift knob
          • Gear lever, servicing
            • Notes
            • Fitting cap
            • Removing and installing circlip
            • Removing lock plate for gate selector bracket and gear lever guide/gate selector housing
          • Gear selector mechanism up to 05.99, adjusting
        • Gear selector mechanism from 05.99, servicing
          • Installation position of gear selector mechanism
          • Selector lever knob and boot, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Separating cover from gear shift knob and assembling to gear shift knob
          • Gear lever and gear lever housing, servicing
            • Notes
            • Removing and installing circlip
            • Installing spring
          • Selector cables, removing and installing
            • Notes
            • Installation position of transmission selector lever/relay lever
          • Selector mechanism, removing and installing
            • Removing
            • Installing
          • Gear selector mechanism from 05.99, adjusting
        • Transmission, removing and installing
          • Transmission, removing and installing
          • Modifying support rails VW 457/1
            • Notes
            • Removing
            • Transporting the transmission
            • Installing
            • Tightening torques
        • Gear oil, checking
          • Gear oil, checking
        • Transmission, disassembling and assembling
          • Overview
          • Assembly overview
          • Cover for transmission housing and 5th gear, removing and installing
          • Transmission housing and selector mechanism, removing and installing
          • Input shaft, output shaft (pinion shaft), differential and selector forks, removing and installing
          • Assembly sequence
            • Disassembling and assembling transmission housing cover, transmission housing, selector mechanism, input shaft, output shaft (pinion shaft), differential and selector forks
              • Notes
              • Disassembling
              • Assembling
              • Installation position 5th gear
              • Checking 5th gear synchro-ring
              • Installation position 5th gear synchro-hub/locking collar
              • 5th gear synchro-ring with cast locking pieces (arrows)
              • Installation position of dished spring for gear and 5th gear synchro-hub securing bolts
              • Adjusting 5th gear
        • Transmission housing and clutch housing, servicing
          • Transmission housing and clutch housing, servicing
            • Notes
            • Driving out needle roller bearing
            • Driving needle roller bearing in onto stop
            • Driving oil seal out of guide sleeve
            • Drive oil seal into guide sleeve onto stop
            • Pulling out starter bushing
            • Driving in starter bushing
            • Pry out sleeve with screwdriver
            • Pulling sleeve in
        • Transmission selector mechanism up to 05.99, disassembling and assembling
          • Transmission selector mechanism up to 05.99, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Removing ball sleeve from selector mechanism cover
            • Driving ball sleeve into selector mechanism cover
            • Installing oil seal onto stop
        • Transmission selector mechanism from 05.99, disassembling and assembling
          • Transmission selector mechanism from 05.99, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Removing ball sleeve from selector mechanism cover
            • Driving ball sleeve into selector mechanism cover
            • Installing oil seal onto stop
            • Revised selector cover and selector shaft
            • Revised selector shaft and selector cover
        • Selector forks, disassembling and assembling
          • Selector forks, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Identifying selector segments
            • Installing circlip
            • Removing bearing inner race
            • Pressing inner race in onto stop
            • Selector fork with selector segments installed
      • 35 Manual Transmission - Gears, Shafts
        • Input shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Pressing out tapered roller bearing outer race
          • Pressing in tapered roller bearing outer race
          • Pressing on tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Pressing off 4th gear with tapered roller bearing and sleeve
          • Pressing off 3rd gear
          • Pressing on 3rd gear
          • Pressing on 4th gear
          • Pressing on sleeve for needle roller bearing
          • 5th gear synchronizer
          • Assembling 5th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
        • Input shaft, adjusting
          • Input shaft, adjusting
          • Table of adjustment shims
          • Measurement check
        • Output shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Output shaft, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Pulling out small tapered roller bearing outer race
            • Pressing in small tapered roller bearing outer race
            • Pulling off small tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing on small tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing off 3rd and 4th gear synchro-hub/locking collar, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears with transmission housing needle roller bearing sleeve
            • Pulling off locking collar with synchro-hub via bearing support
            • Pulling off large tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing on large tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Checking synchro-ring for wear
            • Disassembling and assembling 1st and 2nd gear locking collar and synchro-hub
            • Assembling 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Installation position 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Pressing on 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Identifying 1st and 2nd gear synchro-rings
            • Distinguishing 1st and 2nd gear synchro-rings
            • Checking 2nd gear synchro-ring for wear
            • Installation position outer-ring
            • Checking inner ring for wear
            • Installation position synchro-ring (inner-ring) -A-
            • Installation position 2nd gear
            • Pressing on needle roller bearing sleeve for 3rd gear
            • Disassembling and assembling 3rd and 4th gear locking collar and synchro-hub
            • Assembling 3rd and 4th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Installation position 3rd and 4th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
            • Pressing on 3rd and 4th gear synchro-hub with locking collar
            • Pressing on sleeve for 4th gear needle roller bearing
            • Pressing on sleeve for output shaft needle roller bearing
          • Modified 1st gear synchronization from transmission build date 02 05 0
            • Notes
            • Installation position of inner ring, outer ring and synchro-ring 1st gear:
            • Check inner ring 1st gear for wear
            • Check synchro-ring 1st gear and outer ring for wear
            • Assembling locking collar and locking pieces with 1st and 2nd gear synchro-hub
            • Installation position of locking collar/synchro-hub 1st and 2nd gear
        • Output shaft, adjusting
          • Output shaft, adjusting
        • Reverse shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Reverse shaft, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Pulling needle roller bearing out of clutch housing
            • Pressing needle roller bearing -A- into clutch housing
            • Pressing needle roller bearing out of reverse shaft support
            • Pressing needle roller bearing into reverse shaft support
      • 39 Final Drive, Differential
        • Flange shaft oil seals, replacing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Differential, disassembling and assembling
          • Differential, disassembling and assembling
            • Notes
            • Driving tapered roller bearing outer race out of clutch housing
            • Pressing tapered roller bearing outer race into clutch housing
            • Pulling off tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pressing on tapered roller bearing inner race
            • Pulling tapered roller bearing outer race out of transmission housing
            • Pressing tapered roller bearing outer race into transmission housing
            • Both sides of differential housing are chamfered (arrow) to accept tapered rings/springs
            • Drilling out rivet heads
            • Pressing off final drive gear
            • Installation position of final drive gear
            • Heating final drive gear to approx. 100 ° C and installing
            • Bolting final drive gear and differential housing together
            • Removing and installing differential pinion shaft spring pin
            • Installing differential side gears and pinion gears
        • Adjustment overview
          • Adjustment overview
        • Differential
          • Differential, adjusting
    • CLUTCHES - 02J (A4 PlLATFORM)
      • Identification
        • Transmission
        • 1999 Golf, GTI & JETTA
      • Description & Operation
      • Bleeding
      • Adjustments
        • Clutch
        • Brake Light Switch
          • Notes
          • Brake Light Switch (Old Style)
          • Brake Light Switch (New Style)
        • Selector Mechanism
          • Selector Mechanism (Vehicles Built Before May 1999)
          • Selector Mechanism (Vehicles Built After May )
      • Battery Disconnect Precautions
        • Notes
        • ECM
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Clutch Assembly
          • Removal
          • Inspection
          • Installation
        • Clutch Master Cylinder
          • Removal & Installation
        • Clutch Pedal
          • Removal & Installation
        • Clutch Release Bearing
          • Removal & Installation
        • Clutch Slave Cylinder
          • Removal & Installation
        • Gear Lever
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicles Built Before May 1999)
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicles Built After May 1999)
        • Gear Lever Housing
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicle Built Before May 1999)
        • OVERCENTER Spring
          • Removal & Installation
        • Selector Cables
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicles Built Before May 1999)
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicles Built After May 1999)
        • Selector Lever Knob & Boot
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicles Built After May 1999)
        • Selector Mechanism
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicles Built Before May 1999)
          • Removal & Installation (Vehicles Built After May 1999)
        • Starter
          • Removal & Installation
        • Transmission
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Clutch Master Cylinder
        • Clutch Slave Cylinder
      • Torque Specifications
  • 5 SPD. Manual Transmission 02J (A4 Platform)
    • 00 General, Technical Data
      • Transmission identification
        • Transmission identification
        • Code letters, transmission allocation, ratios, capacities
      • Transmission layout
        • Transmission layout
      • Calculating overall ratio 'i'
        • Calculating overall ratio 'i'
      • General repair instructions
        • General repair instructions
    • 30 Clutch
      • Clutch control, servicing
        • Clutch control, servicing
        • Pedal cluster, assembly overview
        • Over-center spring, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Clutch pedal, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Hydraulic system, assembly overview
          • Notes
          • Pry retainer -A- off in direction of arrow
          • Press master cylinder operating rod in retainer -A- in direction of arrow
        • Master cylinder, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Clutch system, bleeding
      • Clutch release mechanism, servicing
        • Clutch release mechanism, servicing
      • Clutch, servicing
        • Clutch, servicing
          • Notes
          • Centering clutch plate and removing and installing pressure plate
          • Checking ends of diaphragm spring
    • 34 Manual Transmission - Controls, Housing
      • Gear selector mechanism up to 05.99, servicing
        • Installation position of gear selector mechanism
        • Selector cables, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installation position - gear selector lever/relay lever actuating arm/balance weight
        • Selector mechanism, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Gear lever housing, servicing
          • Notes
          • Separating cover from gear shift knob and assembling to gear shift knob
        • Gear lever, servicing
          • Notes
          • Fitting cap
          • Removing and installing circlip
          • Removing lock plate for gate selector bracket and gear lever guide/gate selector housing
        • Gear selector mechanism up to 05.99, adjusting
      • Gear selector mechanism from 05.99, servicing
        • Installation position of gear selector mechanism
        • Selector lever knob and boot, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Separating cover from gear shift knob and assembling to gear shift knob
        • Gear lever and gear lever housing, servicing
          • Notes
          • Removing and installing circlip
          • Installing spring
        • Selector cables, removing and installing
          • Notes
          • Installation position of transmission selector lever/relay lever
        • Selector mechanism, removing and installing
          • Removing
          • Installing
        • Gear selector mechanism from 05.99, adjusting
      • Transmission, removing and installing
        • Transmission, removing and installing
        • Modifying support rails VW 457/1
          • Notes
          • Removing
          • Transporting the transmission
          • Installing
          • Tightening torques
      • Gear oil, checking
        • Gear oil, checking
      • Transmission, disassembling and assembling
        • Overview
        • Assembly overview
        • Cover for transmission housing and 5th gear, removing and installing
        • Transmission housing and selector mechanism, removing and installing
        • Input shaft, output shaft (pinion shaft), differential and selector forks, removing and installing
        • Assembly sequence
          • Disassembling and assembling transmission housing cover, transmission housing, selector mechanism, input shaft, output shaft (pinion shaft), differential and selector forks
            • Notes
            • Disassembling
            • Assembling
            • Installation position 5th gear
            • Checking 5th gear synchro-ring
            • Installation position 5th gear synchro-hub/locking collar
            • 5th gear synchro-ring with cast locking pieces (arrows)
            • Installation position of dished spring for gear and 5th gear synchro-hub securing bolts
            • Adjusting 5th gear
      • Transmission housing and clutch housing, servicing
        • Transmission housing and clutch housing, servicing
          • Notes
          • Driving out needle roller bearing
          • Driving needle roller bearing in onto stop
          • Driving oil seal out of guide sleeve
          • Drive oil seal into guide sleeve onto stop
          • Pulling out starter bushing
          • Driving in starter bushing
          • Pry out sleeve with screwdriver
          • Pulling sleeve in
      • Transmission selector mechanism up to 05.99, disassembling and assembling
        • Transmission selector mechanism up to 05.99, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Removing ball sleeve from selector mechanism cover
          • Driving ball sleeve into selector mechanism cover
          • Installing oil seal onto stop
      • Transmission selector mechanism from 05.99, disassembling and assembling
        • Transmission selector mechanism from 05.99, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Removing ball sleeve from selector mechanism cover
          • Driving ball sleeve into selector mechanism cover
          • Installing oil seal onto stop
          • Revised selector cover and selector shaft
          • Revised selector shaft and selector cover
      • Selector forks, disassembling and assembling
        • Selector forks, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Identifying selector segments
          • Installing circlip
          • Removing bearing inner race
          • Pressing inner race in onto stop
          • Selector fork with selector segments installed
    • 35 Manual Transmission - Gears, Shafts
      • Input shaft, disassembling and assembling
        • Notes
        • Pressing out tapered roller bearing outer race
        • Pressing in tapered roller bearing outer race
        • Pressing on tapered roller bearing inner race
        • Pressing off 4th gear with tapered roller bearing and sleeve
        • Pressing off 3rd gear
        • Pressing on 3rd gear
        • Pressing on 4th gear
        • Pressing on sleeve for needle roller bearing
        • 5th gear synchronizer
        • Assembling 5th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
      • Input shaft, adjusting
        • Input shaft, adjusting
        • Table of adjustment shims
        • Measurement check
      • Output shaft, disassembling and assembling
        • Output shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Pulling out small tapered roller bearing outer race
          • Pressing in small tapered roller bearing outer race
          • Pulling off small tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Pressing on small tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Pressing off 3rd and 4th gear synchro-hub/locking collar, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears with transmission housing needle roller bearing sleeve
          • Pulling off locking collar with synchro-hub via bearing support
          • Pulling off large tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Pressing on large tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Checking synchro-ring for wear
          • Disassembling and assembling 1st and 2nd gear locking collar and synchro-hub
          • Assembling 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
          • Installation position 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
          • Pressing on 1st and 2nd gear locking collar/synchro-hub
          • Identifying 1st and 2nd gear synchro-rings
          • Distinguishing 1st and 2nd gear synchro-rings
          • Checking 2nd gear synchro-ring for wear
          • Installation position outer-ring
          • Checking inner ring for wear
          • Installation position synchro-ring (inner-ring) -A-
          • Installation position 2nd gear
          • Pressing on needle roller bearing sleeve for 3rd gear
          • Disassembling and assembling 3rd and 4th gear locking collar and synchro-hub
          • Assembling 3rd and 4th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
          • Installation position 3rd and 4th gear locking collar/synchro-hub
          • Pressing on 3rd and 4th gear synchro-hub with locking collar
          • Pressing on sleeve for 4th gear needle roller bearing
          • Pressing on sleeve for output shaft needle roller bearing
        • Modified 1st gear synchronization from transmission build date 02 05 0
          • Notes
          • Installation position of inner ring, outer ring and synchro-ring 1st gear:
          • Check inner ring 1st gear for wear
          • Check synchro-ring 1st gear and outer ring for wear
          • Assembling locking collar and locking pieces with 1st and 2nd gear synchro-hub
          • Installation position of locking collar/synchro-hub 1st and 2nd gear
      • Output shaft, adjusting
        • Output shaft, adjusting
      • Reverse shaft, disassembling and assembling
        • Reverse shaft, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Pulling needle roller bearing out of clutch housing
          • Pressing needle roller bearing -A- into clutch housing
          • Pressing needle roller bearing out of reverse shaft support
          • Pressing needle roller bearing into reverse shaft support
    • 39 Final Drive, Differential
      • Flange shaft oil seals, replacing
        • Notes
        • Removing
        • Installing
      • Differential, disassembling and assembling
        • Differential, disassembling and assembling
          • Notes
          • Driving tapered roller bearing outer race out of clutch housing
          • Pressing tapered roller bearing outer race into clutch housing
          • Pulling off tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Pressing on tapered roller bearing inner race
          • Pulling tapered roller bearing outer race out of transmission housing
          • Pressing tapered roller bearing outer race into transmission housing
          • Both sides of differential housing are chamfered (arrow) to accept tapered rings/springs
          • Drilling out rivet heads
          • Pressing off final drive gear
          • Installation position of final drive gear
          • Heating final drive gear to approx. 100 ° C and installing
          • Bolting final drive gear and differential housing together
          • Removing and installing differential pinion shaft spring pin
          • Installing differential side gears and pinion gears
      • Adjustment overview
        • Adjustment overview
      • Differential
        • Differential, adjusting
• External Pages